| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Copyright (c) 2008-2012 Stefan Krah. All rights reserved. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * are met: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * SUCH DAMAGE. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #include "mpdecimal.h"
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #include <stdio.h>
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #include <stdlib.h>
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #include <string.h>
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #include <limits.h>
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #include <math.h>
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #include "basearith.h"
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #include "bits.h"
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #include "convolute.h"
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #include "crt.h"
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #include "errno.h"
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #include "memory.h"
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #include "typearith.h"
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #include "umodarith.h"
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef PPRO
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #if defined(_MSC_VER)
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     #include <float.h>
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     #pragma fenv_access(on)
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #elif !defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(__NetBSD__)
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* C99 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     #include <fenv.h>
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     #pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS ON
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #if defined(__x86_64__) && defined(__GLIBC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #define USE_80BIT_LONG_DOUBLE
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #if defined(_MSC_VER)
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #define ALWAYS_INLINE __forceinline
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #elif defined(LEGACY_COMPILER)
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #define ALWAYS_INLINE
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #undef inline
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #define inline
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #ifdef TEST_COVERAGE
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     #define ALWAYS_INLINE
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     #define ALWAYS_INLINE inline __attribute__ ((always_inline))
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #define MPD_NEWTONDIV_CUTOFF 1024L
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #define MPD_NEW_STATIC(name, flags, exp, digits, len) \
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_uint_t name##_data[MPD_MINALLOC_MAX];                    \ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_t name = {flags|MPD_STATIC|MPD_STATIC_DATA, exp, digits, \ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                       len, MPD_MINALLOC_MAX, name##_data} | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #define MPD_NEW_CONST(name, flags, exp, digits, len, alloc, initval) \
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_uint_t name##_data[alloc] = {initval};                   \ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_t name = {flags|MPD_STATIC|MPD_CONST_DATA, exp, digits,  \ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                       len, alloc, name##_data} | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #define MPD_NEW_SHARED(name, a) \
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_t name = {(a->flags&~MPD_DATAFLAGS)|MPD_STATIC|MPD_SHARED_DATA, \ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                       a->exp, a->digits, a->len, a->alloc, a->data} | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static mpd_uint_t data_one[1] = {1}; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static mpd_uint_t data_zero[1] = {0}; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static const mpd_t one = {MPD_STATIC|MPD_CONST_DATA, 0, 1, 1, 1, data_one}; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static const mpd_t minus_one = {MPD_NEG|MPD_STATIC|MPD_CONST_DATA, 0, 1, 1, 1, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                                 data_one}; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static const mpd_t zero = {MPD_STATIC|MPD_CONST_DATA, 0, 1, 1, 1, data_zero}; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void _mpd_check_exp(mpd_t *dec, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                                   uint32_t *status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void _settriple(mpd_t *result, uint8_t sign, mpd_uint_t a, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                        mpd_ssize_t exp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline mpd_ssize_t _mpd_real_size(mpd_uint_t *data, mpd_ssize_t size); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void _mpd_qadd(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                       const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void _mpd_qmul(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void _mpd_qbarrett_divmod(mpd_t *q, mpd_t *r, const mpd_t *a, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                                  const mpd_t *b, uint32_t *status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void _mpd_qpow_uint(mpd_t *result, mpd_t *base, mpd_uint_t exp, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 uint8_t resultsign, const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_uint_t mpd_qsshiftr(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_ssize_t n); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*                  Performance critical inline functions                     */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef CONFIG_64
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Digits in a word, primarily useful for the most significant word. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_word_digits(mpd_uint_t word) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (word < mpd_pow10[9]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (word < mpd_pow10[4]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (word < mpd_pow10[2]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return (word < mpd_pow10[1]) ? 1 : 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return (word < mpd_pow10[3]) ? 3 : 4; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (word < mpd_pow10[6]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return (word < mpd_pow10[5]) ? 5 : 6; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (word < mpd_pow10[8]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return (word < mpd_pow10[7]) ? 7 : 8; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 9; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (word < mpd_pow10[14]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (word < mpd_pow10[11]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return (word < mpd_pow10[10]) ? 10 : 11; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (word < mpd_pow10[13]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return (word < mpd_pow10[12]) ? 12 : 13; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 14; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (word < mpd_pow10[18]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (word < mpd_pow10[16]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return (word < mpd_pow10[15]) ? 15 : 16; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return (word < mpd_pow10[17]) ? 17 : 18; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return (word < mpd_pow10[19]) ? 19 : 20; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_word_digits(mpd_uint_t word) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (word < mpd_pow10[4]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (word < mpd_pow10[2]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return (word < mpd_pow10[1]) ? 1 : 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return (word < mpd_pow10[3]) ? 3 : 4; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (word < mpd_pow10[6]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return (word < mpd_pow10[5]) ? 5 : 6; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (word < mpd_pow10[8]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return (word < mpd_pow10[7]) ? 7 : 8; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return (word < mpd_pow10[9]) ? 9 : 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Adjusted exponent */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE mpd_ssize_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_adjexp(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return (dec->exp + dec->digits) - 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Etiny */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE mpd_ssize_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_etiny(const mpd_context_t *ctx) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return ctx->emin - (ctx->prec - 1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Etop: used for folding down in IEEE clamping */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE mpd_ssize_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_etop(const mpd_context_t *ctx) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return ctx->emax - (ctx->prec - 1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Most significant word */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE mpd_uint_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_msword(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(dec->len > 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return dec->data[dec->len-1]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Most significant digit of a word */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | inline mpd_uint_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_msd(mpd_uint_t word) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     n = mpd_word_digits(word); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return word / mpd_pow10[n-1]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Least significant digit of a word */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE mpd_uint_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_lsd(mpd_uint_t word) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return word % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Coefficient size needed to store 'digits' */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE mpd_ssize_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_digits_to_size(mpd_ssize_t digits) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t q, r; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_idiv_word(&q, &r, digits, MPD_RDIGITS); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return (r == 0) ? q : q+1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Number of digits in the exponent. Not defined for MPD_SSIZE_MIN. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | inline int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_exp_digits(mpd_ssize_t exp) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     exp = (exp < 0) ? -exp : exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return mpd_word_digits(exp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Canonical */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_iscanonical(const mpd_t *dec UNUSED) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Finite */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isfinite(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return !(dec->flags & MPD_SPECIAL); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Infinite */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isinfinite(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return dec->flags & MPD_INF; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* NaN */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isnan(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return dec->flags & (MPD_NAN|MPD_SNAN); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Negative */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isnegative(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return dec->flags & MPD_NEG; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Positive */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_ispositive(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return !(dec->flags & MPD_NEG); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* qNaN */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isqnan(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return dec->flags & MPD_NAN; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Signed */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_issigned(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return dec->flags & MPD_NEG; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* sNaN */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_issnan(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return dec->flags & MPD_SNAN; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Special */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isspecial(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return dec->flags & MPD_SPECIAL; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Zero */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_iszero(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return !mpd_isspecial(dec) && mpd_msword(dec) == 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Test for zero when specials have been ruled out already */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_iszerocoeff(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return mpd_msword(dec) == 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Normal */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | inline int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isnormal(const mpd_t *dec, const mpd_context_t *ctx) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(dec)) return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(dec)) return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return mpd_adjexp(dec) >= ctx->emin; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Subnormal */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | inline int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_issubnormal(const mpd_t *dec, const mpd_context_t *ctx) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(dec)) return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(dec)) return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return mpd_adjexp(dec) < ctx->emin; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Odd word */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isoddword(mpd_uint_t word) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return word & 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Odd coefficient */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isoddcoeff(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return mpd_isoddword(dec->data[0]); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* 0 if dec is positive, 1 if dec is negative */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE uint8_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_sign(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return dec->flags & MPD_NEG; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* 1 if dec is positive, -1 if dec is negative */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_arith_sign(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 1 - 2 * mpd_isnegative(dec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Radix */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE long | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_radix(void) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Dynamic decimal */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isdynamic(mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return !(dec->flags & MPD_STATIC); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Static decimal */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isstatic(mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return dec->flags & MPD_STATIC; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Data of decimal is dynamic */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isdynamic_data(mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return !(dec->flags & MPD_DATAFLAGS); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Data of decimal is static */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isstatic_data(mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return dec->flags & MPD_STATIC_DATA; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Data of decimal is shared */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isshared_data(mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return dec->flags & MPD_SHARED_DATA; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Data of decimal is const */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isconst_data(mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return dec->flags & MPD_CONST_DATA; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*                         Inline memory handling                             */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Fill destination with zeros */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_uint_zero(mpd_uint_t *dest, mpd_size_t len) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_size_t i; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (i = 0; i < len; i++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         dest[i] = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Free a decimal */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_del(mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isdynamic_data(dec)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_free(dec->data); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isdynamic(dec)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_free(dec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Resize the coefficient. Existing data up to 'nwords' is left untouched. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Return 1 on success, 0 otherwise. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Input invariants: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     1) MPD_MINALLOC <= result->alloc. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     2) 0 <= result->len <= result->alloc. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Case nwords > result->alloc: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   Case realloc success: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     The value of 'result' does not change. Return 1. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   Case realloc failure: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     'result' is NaN, status is updated with MPD_Malloc_error. Return 0. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Case nwords < result->alloc: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   Case is_static_data or nwords < MPD_MINALLOC or realloc failure [1]: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     'result' is unchanged. Return 1. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   Case realloc success: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     The value of result is undefined (expected). Return 1. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Case nwords == result->alloc: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     'result' is unchanged. Return 1. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * [1] In that case the old (now oversized) area is still valid. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qresize(mpd_t *result, mpd_ssize_t nwords, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(!mpd_isconst_data(result)); /* illegal operation for a const */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(!mpd_isshared_data(result)); /* illegal operation for a shared */ | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-09 20:47:57 +02:00
										 |  |  |     assert(MPD_MINALLOC <= result->alloc); | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-09 20:47:57 +02:00
										 |  |  |     nwords = (nwords <= MPD_MINALLOC) ? MPD_MINALLOC : nwords; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (nwords == result->alloc) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |     if (mpd_isstatic_data(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (nwords > result->alloc) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return mpd_switch_to_dyn(result, nwords, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-09 20:47:57 +02:00
										 |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-09 20:47:57 +02:00
										 |  |  |     return mpd_realloc_dyn(result, nwords, status); | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Same as mpd_qresize, but the complete coefficient (including the old
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * memory area!) is initialized to zero. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qresize_zero(mpd_t *result, mpd_ssize_t nwords, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(!mpd_isconst_data(result)); /* illegal operation for a const */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(!mpd_isshared_data(result)); /* illegal operation for a shared */ | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-09 20:47:57 +02:00
										 |  |  |     assert(MPD_MINALLOC <= result->alloc); | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-09 20:47:57 +02:00
										 |  |  |     nwords = (nwords <= MPD_MINALLOC) ? MPD_MINALLOC : nwords; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (nwords != result->alloc) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isstatic_data(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (nwords > result->alloc) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return mpd_switch_to_dyn_zero(result, nwords, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-09 20:47:57 +02:00
										 |  |  |         else if (!mpd_realloc_dyn(result, nwords, status)) { | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |             return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_zero(result->data, nwords); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Reduce memory size for the coefficient to MPD_MINALLOC. In theory, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * realloc may fail even when reducing the memory size. But in that case | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * the old memory area is always big enough, so checking for MPD_Malloc_error | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * is not imperative. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_minalloc(mpd_t *result) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(!mpd_isconst_data(result)); /* illegal operation for a const */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(!mpd_isshared_data(result)); /* illegal operation for a shared */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_isstatic_data(result) && result->alloc > MPD_MINALLOC) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         uint8_t err = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->data = mpd_realloc(result->data, MPD_MINALLOC, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                                    sizeof *result->data, &err); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!err) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             result->alloc = MPD_MINALLOC; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_resize(mpd_t *result, mpd_ssize_t nwords, mpd_context_t *ctx) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint32_t status = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qresize(result, nwords, &status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_addstatus_raise(ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_resize_zero(mpd_t *result, mpd_ssize_t nwords, mpd_context_t *ctx) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint32_t status = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qresize_zero(result, nwords, &status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_addstatus_raise(ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*                       Set attributes of a decimal                          */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set digits. Assumption: result->len is initialized and > 0. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_setdigits(mpd_t *result) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t wdigits = mpd_word_digits(mpd_msword(result)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->digits = wdigits + (result->len-1) * MPD_RDIGITS; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set sign */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_set_sign(mpd_t *result, uint8_t sign) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags &= ~MPD_NEG; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags |= sign; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Copy sign from another decimal */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_signcpy(mpd_t *result, mpd_t *a) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint8_t sign = a->flags&MPD_NEG; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags &= ~MPD_NEG; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags |= sign; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set infinity */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_set_infinity(mpd_t *result) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags &= ~MPD_SPECIAL; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags |= MPD_INF; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set qNaN */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_set_qnan(mpd_t *result) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags &= ~MPD_SPECIAL; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags |= MPD_NAN; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set sNaN */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_set_snan(mpd_t *result) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags &= ~MPD_SPECIAL; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags |= MPD_SNAN; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set to negative */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_set_negative(mpd_t *result) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags |= MPD_NEG; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set to positive */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_set_positive(mpd_t *result) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags &= ~MPD_NEG; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set to dynamic */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_set_dynamic(mpd_t *result) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags &= ~MPD_STATIC; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set to static */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_set_static(mpd_t *result) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags |= MPD_STATIC; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set data to dynamic */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_set_dynamic_data(mpd_t *result) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags &= ~MPD_DATAFLAGS; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set data to static */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_set_static_data(mpd_t *result) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags &= ~MPD_DATAFLAGS; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags |= MPD_STATIC_DATA; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set data to shared */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_set_shared_data(mpd_t *result) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags &= ~MPD_DATAFLAGS; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags |= MPD_SHARED_DATA; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set data to const */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_set_const_data(mpd_t *result) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags &= ~MPD_DATAFLAGS; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags |= MPD_CONST_DATA; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Clear flags, preserving memory attributes. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_clear_flags(mpd_t *result) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags &= (MPD_STATIC|MPD_DATAFLAGS); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set flags, preserving memory attributes. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_set_flags(mpd_t *result, uint8_t flags) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags &= (MPD_STATIC|MPD_DATAFLAGS); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags |= flags; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Copy flags, preserving memory attributes of result. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ALWAYS_INLINE void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_copy_flags(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint8_t aflags = a->flags; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags &= (MPD_STATIC|MPD_DATAFLAGS); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags |= (aflags & ~(MPD_STATIC|MPD_DATAFLAGS)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Initialize a workcontext from ctx. Set traps, flags and newtrap to 0. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_workcontext(mpd_context_t *workctx, const mpd_context_t *ctx) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx->prec = ctx->prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx->emax = ctx->emax; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx->emin = ctx->emin; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx->round = ctx->round; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx->traps = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx->status = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx->newtrap = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx->clamp = ctx->clamp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx->allcr = ctx->allcr; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*                  Getting and setting parts of decimals                     */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Flip the sign of a decimal */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_negate(mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     dec->flags ^= MPD_NEG; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set coefficient to zero */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_zerocoeff(mpd_t *result) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_minalloc(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->digits = 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->len = 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->data[0] = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set the coefficient to all nines. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qmaxcoeff(mpd_t *result, const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t len, r; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_idiv_word(&len, &r, ctx->prec, MPD_RDIGITS); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     len = (r == 0) ? len : len+1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qresize(result, len, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->len = len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->digits = ctx->prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     --len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (r > 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->data[len--] = mpd_pow10[r]-1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (; len >= 0; --len) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->data[len] = MPD_RADIX-1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Cut off the most significant digits so that the rest fits in ctx->prec. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Cannot fail. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_cap(mpd_t *result, const mpd_context_t *ctx) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint32_t dummy; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t len, r; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (result->len > 0 && result->digits > ctx->prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_idiv_word(&len, &r, ctx->prec, MPD_RDIGITS); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         len = (r == 0) ? len : len+1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (r != 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             result->data[len-1] %= mpd_pow10[r]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         len = _mpd_real_size(result->data, len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* resize to fewer words cannot fail */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qresize(result, len, &dummy); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->len = len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setdigits(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszero(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(result, mpd_sign(result), 0, result->exp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Cut off the most significant digits of a NaN payload so that the rest | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * fits in ctx->prec - ctx->clamp. Cannot fail. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_fix_nan(mpd_t *result, const mpd_context_t *ctx) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint32_t dummy; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t len, r; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     prec = ctx->prec - ctx->clamp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (result->len > 0 && result->digits > prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (prec == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_minalloc(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             result->len = result->digits = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_idiv_word(&len, &r, prec, MPD_RDIGITS); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             len = (r == 0) ? len : len+1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (r != 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                  result->data[len-1] %= mpd_pow10[r]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             len = _mpd_real_size(result->data, len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             /* resize to fewer words cannot fail */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qresize(result, len, &dummy); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             result->len = len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setdigits(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (mpd_iszerocoeff(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 /* NaN0 is not a valid representation */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 result->len = result->digits = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Get n most significant digits from a decimal, where 0 < n <= MPD_UINT_DIGITS. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Assumes MPD_UINT_DIGITS == MPD_RDIGITS+1, which is true for 32 and 64 bit | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * machines. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * The result of the operation will be in lo. If the operation is impossible, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * hi will be nonzero. This is used to indicate an error. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_get_msdigits(mpd_uint_t *hi, mpd_uint_t *lo, const mpd_t *dec, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                   unsigned int n) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t r, tmp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(0 < n && n <= MPD_RDIGITS+1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_div_word(&tmp, &r, dec->digits, MPD_RDIGITS); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     r = (r == 0) ? MPD_RDIGITS : r; /* digits in the most significant word */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *hi = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *lo = dec->data[dec->len-1]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (n <= r) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *lo /= mpd_pow10[r-n]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (dec->len > 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* at this point 1 <= r < n <= MPD_RDIGITS+1 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_mul_words(hi, lo, *lo, mpd_pow10[n-r]); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         tmp = dec->data[dec->len-2] / mpd_pow10[MPD_RDIGITS-(n-r)]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *lo = *lo + tmp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (*lo < tmp) (*hi)++; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*                   Gathering information about a decimal                    */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* The real size of the coefficient without leading zero words. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline mpd_ssize_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_real_size(mpd_uint_t *data, mpd_ssize_t size) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     while (size > 1 && data[size-1] == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         size--; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return size; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Return number of trailing zeros. No errors are possible. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_ssize_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_trail_zeros(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t word; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t i, tz = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (i=0; i < dec->len; ++i) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (dec->data[i] != 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             word = dec->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             tz = i * MPD_RDIGITS; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             while (word % 10 == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 word /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 tz++; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             break; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return tz; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Integer: Undefined for specials */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_isint(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t tz; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(dec)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     tz = mpd_trail_zeros(dec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return (dec->exp + tz >= 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Integer */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isinteger(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(dec)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return _mpd_isint(dec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Word is a power of 10 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_word_ispow10(mpd_uint_t word) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     n = mpd_word_digits(word); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (word == mpd_pow10[n-1]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Coefficient is a power of 10 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_coeff_ispow10(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_word_ispow10(mpd_msword(dec))) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (_mpd_isallzero(dec->data, dec->len-1)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* All digits of a word are nines */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_word_isallnine(mpd_uint_t word) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     n = mpd_word_digits(word); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (word == mpd_pow10[n]-1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* All digits of the coefficient are nines */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_coeff_isallnine(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_word_isallnine(mpd_msword(dec))) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (_mpd_isallnine(dec->data, dec->len-1)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Odd decimal: Undefined for non-integers! */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_isodd(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t q, r; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(mpd_isinteger(dec)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(dec)) return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (dec->exp < 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_div_word(&q, &r, -dec->exp, MPD_RDIGITS); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         q = dec->data[q] / mpd_pow10[r]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return mpd_isoddword(q); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return dec->exp == 0 && mpd_isoddword(dec->data[0]); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Even: Undefined for non-integers! */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_iseven(const mpd_t *dec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return !mpd_isodd(dec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*                      Getting and setting decimals                          */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Internal function: Set a static decimal from a triple, no error checking. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _ssettriple(mpd_t *result, uint8_t sign, mpd_uint_t a, mpd_ssize_t exp) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_flags(result, sign); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_div_word(&result->data[1], &result->data[0], a, MPD_RADIX); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->len = (result->data[1] == 0) ? 1 : 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Internal function: Set a decimal from a triple, no error checking. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _settriple(mpd_t *result, uint8_t sign, mpd_uint_t a, mpd_ssize_t exp) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_minalloc(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_flags(result, sign); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_div_word(&result->data[1], &result->data[0], a, MPD_RADIX); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->len = (result->data[1] == 0) ? 1 : 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set a special number from a triple */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_setspecial(mpd_t *result, uint8_t sign, uint8_t type) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_minalloc(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags &= ~(MPD_NEG|MPD_SPECIAL); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->flags |= (sign|type); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = result->digits = result->len = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set result of NaN with an error status */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_seterror(mpd_t *result, uint32_t flags, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_minalloc(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_qnan(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_positive(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = result->digits = result->len = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *status |= flags; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly set a static decimal from an mpd_ssize_t */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qsset_ssize(mpd_t *result, mpd_ssize_t a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t u; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint8_t sign = MPD_POS; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (a < 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (a == MPD_SSIZE_MIN) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             u = (mpd_uint_t)MPD_SSIZE_MAX + | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 (-(MPD_SSIZE_MIN+MPD_SSIZE_MAX)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             u = -a; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         sign = MPD_NEG; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         u = a; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _ssettriple(result, sign, u, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly set a static decimal from an mpd_uint_t */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qsset_uint(mpd_t *result, mpd_uint_t a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _ssettriple(result, MPD_POS, a, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly set a static decimal from an int32_t */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qsset_i32(mpd_t *result, int32_t a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsset_ssize(result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly set a static decimal from a uint32_t */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qsset_u32(mpd_t *result, uint32_t a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsset_uint(result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef CONFIG_64
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly set a static decimal from an int64_t */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qsset_i64(mpd_t *result, int64_t a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsset_ssize(result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly set a static decimal from a uint64_t */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qsset_u64(mpd_t *result, uint64_t a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsset_uint(result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly set a decimal from an mpd_ssize_t */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qset_ssize(mpd_t *result, mpd_ssize_t a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_minalloc(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsset_ssize(result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly set a decimal from an mpd_uint_t */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qset_uint(mpd_t *result, mpd_uint_t a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _settriple(result, MPD_POS, a, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly set a decimal from an int32_t */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qset_i32(mpd_t *result, int32_t a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qset_ssize(result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly set a decimal from a uint32_t */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qset_u32(mpd_t *result, uint32_t a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qset_uint(result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #if defined(CONFIG_32) && !defined(LEGACY_COMPILER)
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* set a decimal from a uint64_t */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _c32setu64(mpd_t *result, uint64_t u, uint8_t sign, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t w[3]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint64_t q; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int i, len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     len = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     do { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         q = u / MPD_RADIX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         w[len] = (mpd_uint_t)(u - q * MPD_RADIX); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         u = q; len++; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } while (u != 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qresize(result, len, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (i = 0; i < len; i++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->data[i] = w[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_sign(result, sign); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->len = len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _c32_qset_u64(mpd_t *result, uint64_t a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _c32setu64(result, a, MPD_POS, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* set a decimal from an int64_t */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _c32_qset_i64(mpd_t *result, int64_t a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint64_t u; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint8_t sign = MPD_POS; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (a < 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (a == INT64_MIN) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             u = (uint64_t)INT64_MAX + (-(INT64_MIN+INT64_MAX)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             u = -a; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         sign = MPD_NEG; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         u = a; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _c32setu64(result, u, sign, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif /* CONFIG_32 && !LEGACY_COMPILER */
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifndef LEGACY_COMPILER
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly set a decimal from an int64_t */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qset_i64(mpd_t *result, int64_t a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef CONFIG_64
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qset_ssize(result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _c32_qset_i64(result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly set a decimal from a uint64_t */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qset_u64(mpd_t *result, uint64_t a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef CONFIG_64
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qset_uint(result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _c32_qset_u64(result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif /* !LEGACY_COMPILER */
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Quietly get an mpd_uint_t from a decimal. Assumes | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * MPD_UINT_DIGITS == MPD_RDIGITS+1, which is true for | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * 32 and 64 bit machines. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * If the operation is impossible, MPD_Invalid_operation is set. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static mpd_uint_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qget_uint(int use_sign, const mpd_t *a, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t tmp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t tmp_data[2]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t lo, hi; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return MPD_UINT_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszero(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (use_sign && mpd_isnegative(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return MPD_UINT_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (a->digits+a->exp > MPD_RDIGITS+1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return MPD_UINT_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (a->exp < 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!_mpd_isint(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return MPD_UINT_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* At this point a->digits+a->exp <= MPD_RDIGITS+1,
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          * so the shift fits. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         tmp.data = tmp_data; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         tmp.flags = MPD_STATIC|MPD_CONST_DATA; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qsshiftr(&tmp, a, -a->exp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         tmp.exp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         a = &tmp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_get_msdigits(&hi, &lo, a, MPD_RDIGITS+1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (hi) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return MPD_UINT_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (a->exp > 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_mul_words(&hi, &lo, lo, mpd_pow10[a->exp]); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (hi) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return MPD_UINT_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return lo; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Sets Invalid_operation for: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   - specials | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   - negative numbers (except negative zero) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   - non-integers | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   - overflow | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_uint_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qget_uint(const mpd_t *a, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return _mpd_qget_uint(1, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Same as above, but gets the absolute value, i.e. the sign is ignored. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_uint_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qabs_uint(const mpd_t *a, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return _mpd_qget_uint(0, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly get an mpd_ssize_t from a decimal */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_ssize_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qget_ssize(const mpd_t *a, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t u; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int isneg; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     u = mpd_qabs_uint(a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (*status&MPD_Invalid_operation) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return MPD_SSIZE_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     isneg = mpd_isnegative(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (u <= MPD_SSIZE_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return isneg ? -((mpd_ssize_t)u) : (mpd_ssize_t)u; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (isneg && u-1 == MPD_SSIZE_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return MPD_SSIZE_MIN; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return MPD_SSIZE_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef CONFIG_64
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly get a uint64_t from a decimal */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | uint64_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qget_u64(const mpd_t *a, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return mpd_qget_uint(a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly get an int64_t from a decimal */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int64_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qget_i64(const mpd_t *a, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return mpd_qget_ssize(a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly get a uint32_t from a decimal */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | uint32_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qget_u32(const mpd_t *a, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return mpd_qget_uint(a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* quietly get an int32_t from a decimal */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int32_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qget_i32(const mpd_t *a, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return mpd_qget_ssize(a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*         Filtering input of functions, finalizing output of functions       */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Check if the operand is NaN, copy to result and return 1 if this is | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * the case. Copying can fail since NaNs are allowed to have a payload that | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * does not fit in MPD_MINALLOC. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qcheck_nan(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isnan(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= mpd_issnan(a) ? MPD_Invalid_operation : 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_set_qnan(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_fix_nan(result, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Check if either operand is NaN, copy to result and return 1 if this | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * is the case. Copying can fail since NaNs are allowed to have a payload | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * that does not fit in MPD_MINALLOC. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qcheck_nans(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((a->flags|b->flags)&(MPD_NAN|MPD_SNAN)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         const mpd_t *choice = b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_issnan(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             choice = a; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else if (mpd_issnan(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else if (mpd_isqnan(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             choice = a; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, choice, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_set_qnan(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_fix_nan(result, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Check if one of the operands is NaN, copy to result and return 1 if this | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * is the case. Copying can fail since NaNs are allowed to have a payload | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * that does not fit in MPD_MINALLOC. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qcheck_3nans(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, const mpd_t *c, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                  const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((a->flags|b->flags|c->flags)&(MPD_NAN|MPD_SNAN)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         const mpd_t *choice = c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_issnan(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             choice = a; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else if (mpd_issnan(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             choice = b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else if (mpd_issnan(c)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else if (mpd_isqnan(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             choice = a; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else if (mpd_isqnan(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             choice = b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, choice, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_set_qnan(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_fix_nan(result, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Check if rounding digit 'rnd' leads to an increment. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_rnd_incr(const mpd_t *dec, mpd_uint_t rnd, const mpd_context_t *ctx) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int ld; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     switch (ctx->round) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     case MPD_ROUND_DOWN: case MPD_ROUND_TRUNC: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     case MPD_ROUND_HALF_UP: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return (rnd >= 5); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     case MPD_ROUND_HALF_EVEN: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return (rnd > 5) || ((rnd == 5) && mpd_isoddcoeff(dec)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     case MPD_ROUND_CEILING: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return !(rnd == 0 || mpd_isnegative(dec)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     case MPD_ROUND_FLOOR: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return !(rnd == 0 || mpd_ispositive(dec)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     case MPD_ROUND_HALF_DOWN: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return (rnd > 5); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     case MPD_ROUND_UP: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return !(rnd == 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     case MPD_ROUND_05UP: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         ld = (int)mpd_lsd(dec->data[0]); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return (!(rnd == 0) && (ld == 0 || ld == 5)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     default: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* Without a valid context, further results will be undefined. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; /* GCOV_NOT_REACHED */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Apply rounding to a decimal that has been right-shifted into a full | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * precision decimal. If an increment leads to an overflow of the precision, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * adjust the coefficient and the exponent and check the new exponent for | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * overflow. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_apply_round(mpd_t *dec, mpd_uint_t rnd, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                  uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (_mpd_rnd_incr(dec, rnd, ctx)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* We have a number with exactly ctx->prec digits. The increment
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          * can only lead to an overflow if the decimal is all nines. In | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          * that case, the result is a power of ten with prec+1 digits. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          * If the precision is a multiple of MPD_RDIGITS, this situation is | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          * detected by _mpd_baseincr returning a carry. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          * If the precision is not a multiple of MPD_RDIGITS, we have to | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          * check if the result has one digit too many. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_uint_t carry = _mpd_baseincr(dec->data, dec->len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (carry) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             dec->data[dec->len-1] = mpd_pow10[MPD_RDIGITS-1]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             dec->exp += 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_check_exp(dec, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setdigits(dec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (dec->digits > ctx->prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qshiftr_inplace(dec, 1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             dec->exp += 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             dec->digits = ctx->prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_check_exp(dec, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Apply rounding to a decimal. Allow overflow of the precision. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_apply_round_excess(mpd_t *dec, mpd_uint_t rnd, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                         uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (_mpd_rnd_incr(dec, rnd, ctx)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_uint_t carry = _mpd_baseincr(dec->data, dec->len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (carry) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (!mpd_qresize(dec, dec->len+1, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             dec->data[dec->len] = 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             dec->len += 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setdigits(dec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Apply rounding to a decimal that has been right-shifted into a decimal | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * with full precision or less. Return failure if an increment would | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * overflow the precision. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_apply_round_fit(mpd_t *dec, mpd_uint_t rnd, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                      uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (_mpd_rnd_incr(dec, rnd, ctx)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_uint_t carry = _mpd_baseincr(dec->data, dec->len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (carry) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (!mpd_qresize(dec, dec->len+1, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             dec->data[dec->len] = 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             dec->len += 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setdigits(dec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (dec->digits > ctx->prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(dec, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Check a normal number for overflow, underflow, clamping. If the operand
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |    is modified, it will be zero, special or (sub)normal with a coefficient | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |    that fits into the current context precision. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_check_exp(mpd_t *dec, const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t adjexp, etiny, shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int rnd; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     adjexp = mpd_adjexp(dec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (adjexp > ctx->emax) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_iszerocoeff(dec)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             dec->exp = ctx->emax; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (ctx->clamp) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 dec->exp -= (ctx->prec-1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_zerocoeff(dec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Clamped; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         switch (ctx->round) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         case MPD_ROUND_HALF_UP: case MPD_ROUND_HALF_EVEN: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         case MPD_ROUND_HALF_DOWN: case MPD_ROUND_UP: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         case MPD_ROUND_TRUNC: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(dec, mpd_sign(dec), MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             break; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         case MPD_ROUND_DOWN: case MPD_ROUND_05UP: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qmaxcoeff(dec, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             dec->exp = ctx->emax - ctx->prec + 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             break; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         case MPD_ROUND_CEILING: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (mpd_isnegative(dec)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_qmaxcoeff(dec, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 dec->exp = ctx->emax - ctx->prec + 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_setspecial(dec, MPD_POS, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             break; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         case MPD_ROUND_FLOOR: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (mpd_ispositive(dec)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_qmaxcoeff(dec, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 dec->exp = ctx->emax - ctx->prec + 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_setspecial(dec, MPD_NEG, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             break; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         default: /* debug */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             abort(); /* GCOV_NOT_REACHED */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Overflow|MPD_Inexact|MPD_Rounded; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } /* fold down */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (ctx->clamp && dec->exp > mpd_etop(ctx)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* At this point adjexp=exp+digits-1 <= emax and exp > etop=emax-prec+1:
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          *   (1) shift = exp -emax+prec-1 > 0 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          *   (2) digits+shift = exp+digits-1 - emax + prec <= prec */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         shift = dec->exp - mpd_etop(ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qshiftl(dec, dec, shift, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         dec->exp -= shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Clamped; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_iszerocoeff(dec) && adjexp < ctx->emin) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             /* Underflow is impossible, since exp < etiny=emin-prec+1
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              * and exp > etop=emax-prec+1 would imply emax < emin. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Subnormal; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (adjexp < ctx->emin) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         etiny = mpd_etiny(ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_iszerocoeff(dec)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (dec->exp < etiny) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 dec->exp = etiny; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_zerocoeff(dec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 *status |= MPD_Clamped; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Subnormal; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (dec->exp < etiny) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             /* At this point adjexp=exp+digits-1 < emin and exp < etiny=emin-prec+1:
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              *   (1) shift = emin-prec+1 - exp > 0 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              *   (2) digits-shift = exp+digits-1 - emin + prec < prec */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             shift = etiny - dec->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             rnd = (int)mpd_qshiftr_inplace(dec, shift); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             dec->exp = etiny; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             /* We always have a spare digit in case of an increment. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_apply_round_excess(dec, rnd, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Rounded; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (rnd) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 *status |= (MPD_Inexact|MPD_Underflow); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 if (mpd_iszerocoeff(dec)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     mpd_zerocoeff(dec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     *status |= MPD_Clamped; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* Case exp >= etiny=emin-prec+1:
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          *   (1) adjexp=exp+digits-1 < emin | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          *   (2) digits < emin-exp+1 <= prec */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Transcendental functions do not always set Underflow reliably,
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * since they only use as much precision as is necessary for correct | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * rounding. If a result like 1.0000000000e-101 is finalized, there | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * is no rounding digit that would trigger Underflow. But we can | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * assume Inexact, so a short check suffices. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_check_underflow(mpd_t *dec, const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_adjexp(dec) < ctx->emin && !mpd_iszero(dec) && | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         dec->exp < mpd_etiny(ctx)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Underflow; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Check if a normal number must be rounded after the exponent has been checked. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_check_round(mpd_t *dec, const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t rnd; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* must handle specials: _mpd_check_exp() can produce infinities or NaNs */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(dec)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (dec->digits > ctx->prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         shift = dec->digits - ctx->prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rnd = mpd_qshiftr_inplace(dec, shift); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         dec->exp += shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_apply_round(dec, rnd, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Rounded; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (rnd) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Inexact; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Finalize all operations. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qfinalize(mpd_t *result, const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isnan(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_fix_nan(result, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_check_exp(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_check_round(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*                                 Copying                                    */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Internal function: Copy a decimal, share data with src: USE WITH CARE! */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_copy_shared(mpd_t *dest, const mpd_t *src) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     dest->flags = src->flags; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     dest->exp = src->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     dest->digits = src->digits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     dest->len = src->len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     dest->alloc = src->alloc; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     dest->data = src->data; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_shared_data(dest); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Copy a decimal. In case of an error, status is set to MPD_Malloc_error. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qcopy(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (result == a) return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qresize(result, a->len, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_copy_flags(result, a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = a->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->digits = a->digits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->len = a->len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     memcpy(result->data, a->data, a->len * (sizeof *result->data)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Copy to a decimal with a static buffer. The caller has to make sure that | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * the buffer is big enough. Cannot fail. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qcopy_static(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (result == a) return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     memcpy(result->data, a->data, a->len * (sizeof *result->data)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_copy_flags(result, a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = a->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->digits = a->digits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->len = a->len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Return a newly allocated copy of the operand. In case of an error, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * status is set to MPD_Malloc_error and the return value is NULL. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_t * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qncopy(const mpd_t *a) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t *result; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((result = mpd_qnew_size(a->len)) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return NULL; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     memcpy(result->data, a->data, a->len * (sizeof *result->data)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_copy_flags(result, a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = a->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->digits = a->digits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->len = a->len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return result; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Copy a decimal and set the sign to positive. In case of an error, the | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * status is set to MPD_Malloc_error. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qcopy_abs(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qcopy(result, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_positive(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Copy a decimal and negate the sign. In case of an error, the | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * status is set to MPD_Malloc_error. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qcopy_negate(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qcopy(result, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_negate(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Copy a decimal, setting the sign of the first operand to the sign of the | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * second operand. In case of an error, the status is set to MPD_Malloc_error. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qcopy_sign(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint8_t sign_b = mpd_sign(b); /* result may equal b! */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qcopy(result, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_sign(result, sign_b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*                                Comparisons                                 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * For all functions that compare two operands and return an int the usual | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * convention applies to the return value: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * -1 if op1 < op2 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *  0 if op1 == op2 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *  1 if op1 > op2 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *  INT_MAX for error | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Convenience macro. If a and b are not equal, return from the calling
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * function with the correct comparison value. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #define CMP_EQUAL_OR_RETURN(a, b)  \
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (a != b) {              \ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 if (a < b) {       \ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                         return -1; \ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 }                  \ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return 1;          \ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Compare the data of big and small. This function does the equivalent | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * of first shifting small to the left and then comparing the data of | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * big and small, except that no allocation for the left shift is needed. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_basecmp(mpd_uint_t *big, mpd_uint_t *small, mpd_size_t n, mpd_size_t m, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              mpd_size_t shift) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(__clang__)
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* spurious uninitialized warnings */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t l=l, lprev=lprev, h=h; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t l, lprev, h; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t q, r; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t ph, x; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(m > 0 && n >= m && shift > 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_div_word(&q, &r, (mpd_uint_t)shift, MPD_RDIGITS); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (r != 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         ph = mpd_pow10[r]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         --m; --n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_divmod_pow10(&h, &lprev, small[m--], MPD_RDIGITS-r); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (h != 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             CMP_EQUAL_OR_RETURN(big[n], h) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             --n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         for (; m != MPD_SIZE_MAX; m--,n--) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_divmod_pow10(&h, &l, small[m], MPD_RDIGITS-r); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             x = ph * lprev + h; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             CMP_EQUAL_OR_RETURN(big[n], x) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             lprev = l; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         x = ph * lprev; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         CMP_EQUAL_OR_RETURN(big[q], x) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         while (--m != MPD_SIZE_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             CMP_EQUAL_OR_RETURN(big[m+q], small[m]) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return !_mpd_isallzero(big, q); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Compare two decimals with the same adjusted exponent. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_cmp_same_adjexp(const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t shift, i; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (a->exp != b->exp) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* Cannot wrap: a->exp + a->digits = b->exp + b->digits, so
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          * a->exp - b->exp = b->digits - a->digits. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         shift = a->exp - b->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (shift > 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return -1 * _mpd_basecmp(b->data, a->data, b->len, a->len, shift); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return _mpd_basecmp(a->data, b->data, a->len, b->len, -shift); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * At this point adjexp(a) == adjexp(b) and a->exp == b->exp, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * so a->digits == b->digits, therefore a->len == b->len. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (i = a->len-1; i >= 0; --i) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         CMP_EQUAL_OR_RETURN(a->data[i], b->data[i]) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Compare two numerical values. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_cmp(const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t adjexp_a, adjexp_b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* equal pointers */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (a == b) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* infinities */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isinfinite(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return mpd_isnegative(b) - mpd_isnegative(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return mpd_arith_sign(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isinfinite(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return -mpd_arith_sign(b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* zeros */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_iszerocoeff(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return -mpd_arith_sign(b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return mpd_arith_sign(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* different signs */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_sign(a) != mpd_sign(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return mpd_sign(b) - mpd_sign(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* different adjusted exponents */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     adjexp_a = mpd_adjexp(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     adjexp_b = mpd_adjexp(b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (adjexp_a != adjexp_b) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (adjexp_a < adjexp_b) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return -1 * mpd_arith_sign(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return mpd_arith_sign(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* same adjusted exponents */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return _mpd_cmp_same_adjexp(a, b) * mpd_arith_sign(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Compare the absolutes of two numerical values. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_cmp_abs(const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t adjexp_a, adjexp_b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* equal pointers */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (a == b) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* infinities */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isinfinite(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isinfinite(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return -1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* zeros */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_iszerocoeff(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return -1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* different adjusted exponents */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     adjexp_a = mpd_adjexp(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     adjexp_b = mpd_adjexp(b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (adjexp_a != adjexp_b) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (adjexp_a < adjexp_b) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return -1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* same adjusted exponents */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return _mpd_cmp_same_adjexp(a, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Compare two values and return an integer result. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qcmp(const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isnan(a) || mpd_isnan(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return INT_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return _mpd_cmp(a, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Compare a and b, convert the the usual integer result to a decimal and | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * store it in 'result'. For convenience, the integer result of the comparison | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * is returned. Comparisons involving NaNs return NaN/INT_MAX. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qcompare(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nans(result, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return INT_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     c = _mpd_cmp(a, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _settriple(result, (c < 0), (c != 0), 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Same as mpd_compare(), but signal for all NaNs, i.e. also for quiet NaNs. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qcompare_signal(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nans(result, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return INT_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     c = _mpd_cmp(a, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _settriple(result, (c < 0), (c != 0), 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Compare the operands using a total order. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_cmp_total(const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t aa, bb; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int nan_a, nan_b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_sign(a) != mpd_sign(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return mpd_sign(b) - mpd_sign(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isnan(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         c = 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isnan(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             nan_a = (mpd_isqnan(a)) ? 1 : 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             nan_b = (mpd_isqnan(b)) ? 1 : 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (nan_b == nan_a) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 if (a->len > 0 && b->len > 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     _mpd_copy_shared(&aa, a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     _mpd_copy_shared(&bb, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     aa.exp = bb.exp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     /* compare payload */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     c = _mpd_cmp_abs(&aa, &bb); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     c = (a->len > 0) - (b->len > 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 c = nan_a - nan_b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (mpd_isnan(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         c = -1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         c = _mpd_cmp_abs(a, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (c == 0 && a->exp != b->exp) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             c = (a->exp < b->exp) ? -1 : 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return c * mpd_arith_sign(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Compare a and b according to a total order, convert the usual integer result | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * to a decimal and store it in 'result'. For convenience, the integer result | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * of the comparison is returned. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_compare_total(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     c = mpd_cmp_total(a, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _settriple(result, (c < 0), (c != 0), 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Compare the magnitude of the operands using a total order. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_cmp_total_mag(const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t aa, bb; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_copy_shared(&aa, a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_copy_shared(&bb, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_positive(&aa); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_positive(&bb); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return mpd_cmp_total(&aa, &bb); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Compare the magnitude of a and b according to a total order, convert the | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * the usual integer result to a decimal and store it in 'result'. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * For convenience, the integer result of the comparison is returned. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_compare_total_mag(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     c = mpd_cmp_total_mag(a, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _settriple(result, (c < 0), (c != 0), 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Determine an ordering for operands that are numerically equal. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_cmp_numequal(const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int sign_a, sign_b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     sign_a = mpd_sign(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     sign_b = mpd_sign(b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (sign_a != sign_b) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         c = sign_b - sign_a; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         c = (a->exp < b->exp) ? -1 : 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         c *= mpd_arith_sign(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*                         Shifting the coefficient                           */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Shift the coefficient of the operand to the left, no check for specials. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Both operands may be the same pointer. If the result length has to be | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * increased, mpd_qresize() might fail with MPD_Malloc_error. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qshiftl(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_ssize_t n, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t size; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-07 15:57:59 +02:00
										 |  |  |     assert(!mpd_isspecial(a)); | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |     assert(n >= 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a) || n == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     size = mpd_digits_to_size(a->digits+n); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qresize(result, size, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; /* result is NaN */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_baseshiftl(result->data, a->data, size, a->len, n); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_copy_flags(result, a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = a->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->digits = a->digits+n; | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-07 15:57:59 +02:00
										 |  |  |     result->len = size; | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Determine the rounding indicator if all digits of the coefficient are shifted
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * out of the picture. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static mpd_uint_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_get_rnd(const mpd_uint_t *data, mpd_ssize_t len, int use_msd) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t rnd = 0, rest = 0, word; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     word = data[len-1]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* special treatment for the most significant digit if shift == digits */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (use_msd) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_divmod_pow10(&rnd, &rest, word, mpd_word_digits(word)-1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (len > 1 && rest == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              rest = !_mpd_isallzero(data, len-1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rest = !_mpd_isallzero(data, len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return (rnd == 0 || rnd == 5) ? rnd + !!rest : rnd; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-07 15:57:59 +02:00
										 |  |  |  * Same as mpd_qshiftr(), but 'result' is an mpd_t with a static coefficient. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * It is the caller's responsibility to ensure that the coefficient is big | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * enough. The function cannot fail. | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_uint_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qsshiftr(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_ssize_t n) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t rnd; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t size; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-07 15:57:59 +02:00
										 |  |  |     assert(!mpd_isspecial(a)); | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |     assert(n >= 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a) || n == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy_static(result, a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (n >= a->digits) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rnd = _mpd_get_rnd(a->data, a->len, (n==a->digits)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_zerocoeff(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->digits = a->digits-n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         size = mpd_digits_to_size(result->digits); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rnd = _mpd_baseshiftr(result->data, a->data, a->len, n); | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-07 15:57:59 +02:00
										 |  |  |         result->len = size; | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_copy_flags(result, a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = a->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return rnd; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Inplace shift of the coefficient to the right, no check for specials. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Returns the rounding indicator for mpd_rnd_incr(). | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * The function cannot fail. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_uint_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qshiftr_inplace(mpd_t *result, mpd_ssize_t n) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint32_t dummy; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t rnd; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t size; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-07 15:57:59 +02:00
										 |  |  |     assert(!mpd_isspecial(result)); | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |     assert(n >= 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(result) || n == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (n >= result->digits) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rnd = _mpd_get_rnd(result->data, result->len, (n==result->digits)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_zerocoeff(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rnd = _mpd_baseshiftr(result->data, result->data, result->len, n); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->digits -= n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         size = mpd_digits_to_size(result->digits); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* reducing the size cannot fail */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qresize(result, size, &dummy); | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-07 15:57:59 +02:00
										 |  |  |         result->len = size; | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return rnd; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Shift the coefficient of the operand to the right, no check for specials. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Both operands may be the same pointer. Returns the rounding indicator to | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * be used by mpd_rnd_incr(). If the result length has to be increased, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * mpd_qcopy() or mpd_qresize() might fail with MPD_Malloc_error. In those | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * cases, MPD_UINT_MAX is returned. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_uint_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qshiftr(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_ssize_t n, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t rnd; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t size; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-07 15:57:59 +02:00
										 |  |  |     assert(!mpd_isspecial(a)); | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |     assert(n >= 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a) || n == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qcopy(result, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return MPD_UINT_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (n >= a->digits) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rnd = _mpd_get_rnd(a->data, a->len, (n==a->digits)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_zerocoeff(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->digits = a->digits-n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         size = mpd_digits_to_size(result->digits); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (result == a) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             rnd = _mpd_baseshiftr(result->data, a->data, a->len, n); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             /* reducing the size cannot fail */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qresize(result, size, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (!mpd_qresize(result, size, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return MPD_UINT_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             rnd = _mpd_baseshiftr(result->data, a->data, a->len, n); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-07 15:57:59 +02:00
										 |  |  |         result->len = size; | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_copy_flags(result, a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = a->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return rnd; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*                         Miscellaneous operations                           */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Logical And */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qand(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     const mpd_t *big = a, *small = b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t x, y, z, xbit, ybit; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int k, mswdigits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t i; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b) || | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_isnegative(a) || mpd_isnegative(b) || | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         a->exp != 0 || b->exp != 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (b->digits > a->digits) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         big = b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         small = a; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qresize(result, big->len, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* full words */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (i = 0; i < small->len-1; i++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         x = small->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         y = big->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         z = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         for (k = 0; k < MPD_RDIGITS; k++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             xbit = x % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             x /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             ybit = y % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             y /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (xbit > 1 || ybit > 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 goto invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             z += (xbit&ybit) ? mpd_pow10[k] : 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->data[i] = z; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* most significant word of small */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     x = small->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     y = big->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     z = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mswdigits = mpd_word_digits(x); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (k = 0; k < mswdigits; k++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         xbit = x % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         x /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         ybit = y % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         y /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (xbit > 1 || ybit > 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         z += (xbit&ybit) ? mpd_pow10[k] : 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->data[i++] = z; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* scan the rest of y for digit > 1 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (; k < MPD_RDIGITS; k++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         ybit = y % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         y /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (ybit > 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* scan the rest of big for digit > 1 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (; i < big->len; i++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         y = big->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         for (k = 0; k < MPD_RDIGITS; k++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             ybit = y % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             y /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (ybit > 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 goto invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_clear_flags(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->len = _mpd_real_size(result->data, small->len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qresize(result, result->len, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_cap(result, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | invalid_operation: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Class of an operand. Returns a pointer to the constant name. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | const char * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_class(const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isnan(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isqnan(a)) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return "NaN"; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return "sNaN"; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (mpd_ispositive(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(a)) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return "+Infinity"; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else if (mpd_iszero(a)) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return "+Zero"; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else if (mpd_isnormal(a, ctx)) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return "+Normal"; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return "+Subnormal"; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(a)) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return "-Infinity"; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else if (mpd_iszero(a)) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return "-Zero"; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else if (mpd_isnormal(a, ctx)) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return "-Normal"; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return "-Subnormal"; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Logical Xor */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qinvert(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t x, z, xbit; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t i, digits, len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t q, r; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int k; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isnegative(a) || a->exp != 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     digits = (a->digits < ctx->prec) ? ctx->prec : a->digits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_idiv_word(&q, &r, digits, MPD_RDIGITS); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     len = (r == 0) ? q : q+1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qresize(result, len, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (i = 0; i < len; i++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         x = (i < a->len) ?  a->data[i] : 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         z = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         for (k = 0; k < MPD_RDIGITS; k++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             xbit = x % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             x /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (xbit > 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 goto invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             z += !xbit ? mpd_pow10[k] : 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->data[i] = z; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_clear_flags(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->len = _mpd_real_size(result->data, len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qresize(result, result->len, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_cap(result, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | invalid_operation: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Exponent of the magnitude of the most significant digit of the operand. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qlogb(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |           uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nan(result, a, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setspecial(result, MPD_POS, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setspecial(result, MPD_NEG, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Division_by_zero; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qset_ssize(result, mpd_adjexp(a), ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Logical Or */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qor(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     const mpd_t *big = a, *small = b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t x, y, z, xbit, ybit; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int k, mswdigits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t i; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b) || | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_isnegative(a) || mpd_isnegative(b) || | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         a->exp != 0 || b->exp != 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (b->digits > a->digits) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         big = b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         small = a; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qresize(result, big->len, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* full words */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (i = 0; i < small->len-1; i++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         x = small->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         y = big->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         z = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         for (k = 0; k < MPD_RDIGITS; k++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             xbit = x % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             x /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             ybit = y % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             y /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (xbit > 1 || ybit > 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 goto invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             z += (xbit|ybit) ? mpd_pow10[k] : 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->data[i] = z; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* most significant word of small */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     x = small->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     y = big->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     z = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mswdigits = mpd_word_digits(x); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (k = 0; k < mswdigits; k++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         xbit = x % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         x /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         ybit = y % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         y /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (xbit > 1 || ybit > 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         z += (xbit|ybit) ? mpd_pow10[k] : 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* scan and copy the rest of y for digit > 1 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (; k < MPD_RDIGITS; k++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         ybit = y % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         y /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (ybit > 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         z += ybit*mpd_pow10[k]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->data[i++] = z; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* scan and copy the rest of big for digit > 1 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (; i < big->len; i++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         y = big->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         for (k = 0; k < MPD_RDIGITS; k++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             ybit = y % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             y /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (ybit > 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 goto invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->data[i] = big->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_clear_flags(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->len = _mpd_real_size(result->data, big->len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qresize(result, result->len, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_cap(result, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | invalid_operation: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Rotate the coefficient of a by b->data digits. b must be an integer with | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * exponent 0. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qrotate(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint32_t workstatus = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(tmp,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(big,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(small,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t n, lshift, rshift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nans(result, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (b->exp != 0 || mpd_isinfinite(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     n = mpd_qget_ssize(b, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (workstatus&MPD_Invalid_operation) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (n > ctx->prec || n < -ctx->prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isinfinite(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (n >= 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         lshift = n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rshift = ctx->prec-n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         lshift = ctx->prec+n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rshift = -n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (a->digits > ctx->prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qcopy(&tmp, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_cap(&tmp, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         a = &tmp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qshiftl(&big, a, lshift, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_cap(&big, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_qshiftr(&small, a, rshift, status) == MPD_UINT_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qadd(result, &big, &small, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | finish: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&tmp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&big); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&small); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * b must be an integer with exponent 0 and in the range +-2*(emax + prec). | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * XXX: In my opinion +-(2*emax + prec) would be more sensible. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * The result is a with the value of b added to its exponent. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qscaleb(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint32_t workstatus = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t n, maxjump; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifndef LEGACY_COMPILER
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int64_t exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t x; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int x_sign, n_sign; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nans(result, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (b->exp != 0 || mpd_isinfinite(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     n = mpd_qabs_uint(b, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* the spec demands this */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     maxjump = 2 * (mpd_uint_t)(ctx->emax + ctx->prec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (n > maxjump || workstatus&MPD_Invalid_operation) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isinfinite(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifndef LEGACY_COMPILER
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     exp = a->exp + (int64_t)n * mpd_arith_sign(b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     exp = (exp > MPD_EXP_INF) ? MPD_EXP_INF : exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     exp = (exp < MPD_EXP_CLAMP) ? MPD_EXP_CLAMP : exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     x = (a->exp < 0) ? -a->exp : a->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     x_sign = (a->exp < 0) ? 1 : 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     n_sign = mpd_isnegative(b) ? 1 : 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (x_sign == n_sign) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         x = x + n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (x < n) x = MPD_UINT_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         x_sign = (x >= n) ? x_sign : n_sign; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         x = (x >= n) ? x - n : n - x; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!x_sign && x > MPD_EXP_INF) x = MPD_EXP_INF; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (x_sign && x > -MPD_EXP_CLAMP) x = -MPD_EXP_CLAMP; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     exp = x_sign ? -((mpd_ssize_t)x) : (mpd_ssize_t)x; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = (mpd_ssize_t)exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Shift the coefficient by n digits, positive n is a left shift. In the case | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * of a left shift, the result is decapitated to fit the context precision. If | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * you don't want that, use mpd_shiftl(). | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qshiftn(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_ssize_t n, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nan(result, a, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (n >= 0 && n <= ctx->prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qshiftl(result, a, n, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_cap(result, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (n < 0 && n >= -ctx->prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qcopy(result, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_cap(result, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qshiftr_inplace(result, -n); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Same as mpd_shiftn(), but the shift is specified by the decimal b, which | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * must be an integer with a zero exponent. Infinities remain infinities. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qshift(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |            uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint32_t workstatus = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nans(result, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (b->exp != 0 || mpd_isinfinite(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     n = mpd_qget_ssize(b, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (workstatus&MPD_Invalid_operation) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (n > ctx->prec || n < -ctx->prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isinfinite(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (n >= 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qshiftl(result, a, n, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_cap(result, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qcopy(result, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_cap(result, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qshiftr_inplace(result, -n); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Logical Xor */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qxor(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     const mpd_t *big = a, *small = b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t x, y, z, xbit, ybit; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int k, mswdigits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t i; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b) || | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_isnegative(a) || mpd_isnegative(b) || | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         a->exp != 0 || b->exp != 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (b->digits > a->digits) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         big = b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         small = a; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qresize(result, big->len, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* full words */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (i = 0; i < small->len-1; i++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         x = small->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         y = big->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         z = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         for (k = 0; k < MPD_RDIGITS; k++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             xbit = x % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             x /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             ybit = y % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             y /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (xbit > 1 || ybit > 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 goto invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             z += (xbit^ybit) ? mpd_pow10[k] : 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->data[i] = z; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* most significant word of small */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     x = small->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     y = big->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     z = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mswdigits = mpd_word_digits(x); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (k = 0; k < mswdigits; k++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         xbit = x % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         x /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         ybit = y % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         y /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (xbit > 1 || ybit > 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         z += (xbit^ybit) ? mpd_pow10[k] : 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* scan and copy the rest of y for digit > 1 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (; k < MPD_RDIGITS; k++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         ybit = y % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         y /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (ybit > 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         z += ybit*mpd_pow10[k]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->data[i++] = z; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* scan and copy the rest of big for digit > 1 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (; i < big->len; i++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         y = big->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         for (k = 0; k < MPD_RDIGITS; k++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             ybit = y % 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             y /= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (ybit > 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 goto invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->data[i] = big->data[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_clear_flags(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->len = _mpd_real_size(result->data, big->len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qresize(result, result->len, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_cap(result, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | invalid_operation: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*                         Arithmetic operations                              */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * The absolute value of a. If a is negative, the result is the same | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * as the result of the minus operation. Otherwise, the result is the | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * result of the plus operation. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qabs(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nan(result, a, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isnegative(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qminus(result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qplus(result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_ptrswap(mpd_t **a, mpd_t **b) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t *t = *a; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *a = *b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *b = t; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Add or subtract infinities. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qaddsub_inf(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, uint8_t sign_b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                  uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isinfinite(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_sign(a) != sign_b && mpd_isinfinite(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(result, mpd_sign(a), MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(mpd_isinfinite(b)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setspecial(result, sign_b, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Add or subtract non-special numbers. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qaddsub(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, uint8_t sign_b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t *big, *small; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(big_aligned,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_CONST(tiny,0,0,0,1,1,1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t carry; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t newsize, shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t exp, i; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int swap = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* compare exponents */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     big = (mpd_t *)a; small = (mpd_t *)b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (big->exp != small->exp) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (small->exp > big->exp) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_ptrswap(&big, &small); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             swap++; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_iszerocoeff(big)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             /* Test for adjexp(small) + big->digits < adjexp(big), if big-digits > prec
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              * Test for adjexp(small) + prec + 1    < adjexp(big), if big-digits <= prec | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              * If true, the magnitudes of the numbers are so far apart that one can as | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              * well add or subtract 1*10**big->exp. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             exp = big->exp - 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             exp += (big->digits > ctx->prec) ? 0 : big->digits-ctx->prec-1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (mpd_adjexp(small) < exp) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_copy_flags(&tiny, small); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 tiny.exp = exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 tiny.digits = 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 tiny.len = 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 tiny.data[0] = mpd_iszerocoeff(small) ? 0 : 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 small = &tiny; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             /* this cannot wrap: the difference is positive and <= maxprec+1 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             shift = big->exp - small->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (!mpd_qshiftl(&big_aligned, big, shift, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             big = &big_aligned; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = small->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* compare length of coefficients */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (big->len < small->len) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_ptrswap(&big, &small); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         swap++; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     newsize = big->len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qresize(result, newsize, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_sign(a) == sign_b) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         carry = _mpd_baseadd(result->data, big->data, small->data, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                              big->len, small->len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (carry) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             newsize = big->len + 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (!mpd_qresize(result, newsize, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             result->data[newsize-1] = carry; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->len = newsize; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_set_flags(result, sign_b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (big->len == small->len) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             for (i=big->len-1; i >= 0; --i) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 if (big->data[i] != small->data[i]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     if (big->data[i] < small->data[i]) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                         _mpd_ptrswap(&big, &small); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                         swap++; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     break; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_basesub(result->data, big->data, small->data, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                      big->len, small->len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         newsize = _mpd_real_size(result->data, big->len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* resize to smaller cannot fail */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         (void)mpd_qresize(result, newsize, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->len = newsize; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         sign_b = (swap & 1) ? sign_b : mpd_sign(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_set_flags(result, sign_b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_iszerocoeff(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_set_positive(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (ctx->round == MPD_ROUND_FLOOR) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_set_negative(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | finish: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&big_aligned); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Add a and b. No specials, no finalizing. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qadd(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |           const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qaddsub(result, a, b, mpd_sign(b), ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Subtract b from a. No specials, no finalizing. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qsub(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |           const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      _mpd_qaddsub(result, a, b, !mpd_sign(b), ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Add a and b. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qadd(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nans(result, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qaddsub_inf(result, a, b, mpd_sign(b), status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qaddsub(result, a, b, mpd_sign(b), ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Subtract b from a. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qsub(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nans(result, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qaddsub_inf(result, a, b, !mpd_sign(b), status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qaddsub(result, a, b, !mpd_sign(b), ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Add decimal and mpd_ssize_t. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qadd_ssize(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_ssize_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t maxcontext; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(bb,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&maxcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsset_ssize(&bb, b, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qadd(result, a, &bb, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&bb); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Add decimal and mpd_uint_t. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qadd_uint(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_uint_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t maxcontext; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(bb,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&maxcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsset_uint(&bb, b, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qadd(result, a, &bb, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&bb); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Subtract mpd_ssize_t from decimal. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qsub_ssize(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_ssize_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t maxcontext; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(bb,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&maxcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsset_ssize(&bb, b, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsub(result, a, &bb, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&bb); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Subtract mpd_uint_t from decimal. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qsub_uint(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_uint_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t maxcontext; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(bb,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&maxcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsset_uint(&bb, b, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsub(result, a, &bb, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&bb); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Add decimal and int32_t. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qadd_i32(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, int32_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qadd_ssize(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Add decimal and uint32_t. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qadd_u32(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, uint32_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qadd_uint(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef CONFIG_64
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Add decimal and int64_t. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qadd_i64(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, int64_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qadd_ssize(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Add decimal and uint64_t. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qadd_u64(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, uint64_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qadd_uint(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Subtract int32_t from decimal. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qsub_i32(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, int32_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsub_ssize(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Subtract uint32_t from decimal. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qsub_u32(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, uint32_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsub_uint(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef CONFIG_64
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Subtract int64_t from decimal. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qsub_i64(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, int64_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsub_ssize(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Subtract uint64_t from decimal. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qsub_u64(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, uint64_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsub_uint(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Divide infinities. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qdiv_inf(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isinfinite(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setspecial(result, mpd_sign(a)^mpd_sign(b), MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(mpd_isinfinite(b)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _settriple(result, mpd_sign(a)^mpd_sign(b), 0, mpd_etiny(ctx)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *status |= MPD_Clamped; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | enum {NO_IDEAL_EXP, SET_IDEAL_EXP}; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Divide a by b. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qdiv(int action, mpd_t *q, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |           const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(aligned,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t ld; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t shift, exp, tz; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t newsize; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t ideal_exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t rem; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint8_t sign_a = mpd_sign(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint8_t sign_b = mpd_sign(b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nans(q, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qdiv_inf(q, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(q, MPD_Division_undefined, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(q, sign_a^sign_b, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Division_by_zero; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         exp = a->exp - b->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(q, sign_a^sign_b, 0, exp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qfinalize(q, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     shift = (b->digits - a->digits) + ctx->prec + 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     ideal_exp = a->exp - b->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     exp = ideal_exp - shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (shift > 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qshiftl(&aligned, a, shift, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(q, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         a = &aligned; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (shift < 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         shift = -shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qshiftl(&aligned, b, shift, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(q, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         b = &aligned; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     newsize = a->len - b->len + 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((q != b && q != a) || (q == b && newsize > b->len)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qresize(q, newsize, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(q, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (b->len == 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rem = _mpd_shortdiv(q->data, a->data, a->len, b->data[0]); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (a->len < 2*MPD_NEWTONDIV_CUTOFF && | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              b->len < MPD_NEWTONDIV_CUTOFF) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         int ret = _mpd_basedivmod(q->data, NULL, a->data, b->data, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                                   a->len, b->len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (ret < 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(q, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rem = ret; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         MPD_NEW_STATIC(r,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qbarrett_divmod(q, &r, a, b, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isspecial(q) || mpd_isspecial(&r)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_del(&r); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rem = !mpd_iszerocoeff(&r); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_del(&r); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         newsize = q->len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     newsize = _mpd_real_size(q->data, newsize); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* resize to smaller cannot fail */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qresize(q, newsize, status); | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-07 15:57:59 +02:00
										 |  |  |     mpd_set_flags(q, sign_a^sign_b); | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |     q->len = newsize; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(q); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     shift = ideal_exp - exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (rem) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         ld = mpd_lsd(q->data[0]); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (ld == 0 || ld == 5) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             q->data[0] += 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (action == SET_IDEAL_EXP && shift > 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         tz = mpd_trail_zeros(q); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         shift = (tz > shift) ? shift : tz; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qshiftr_inplace(q, shift); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         exp += shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     q->exp = exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | finish: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&aligned); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(q, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Divide a by b. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qdiv(mpd_t *q, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qdiv(SET_IDEAL_EXP, q, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Internal function. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qdivmod(mpd_t *q, mpd_t *r, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(aligned,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t qsize, rsize; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t ideal_exp, expdiff, shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint8_t sign_a = mpd_sign(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint8_t sign_ab = mpd_sign(a)^mpd_sign(b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     ideal_exp = (a->exp > b->exp) ?  b->exp : a->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qcopy(r, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto nanresult; /* GCOV_NOT_REACHED */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         r->exp = ideal_exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(q, sign_ab, 0, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     expdiff = mpd_adjexp(a) - mpd_adjexp(b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (expdiff < 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (a->exp > b->exp) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             /* positive and less than b->digits - a->digits */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             shift = a->exp - b->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (!mpd_qshiftl(r, a, shift, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             r->exp = ideal_exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (!mpd_qcopy(r, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(q, sign_ab, 0, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (expdiff > ctx->prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Division_impossible; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * At this point we have: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      *   (1) 0 <= a->exp + a->digits - b->exp - b->digits <= prec | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      *   (2) a->exp - b->exp >= b->digits - a->digits | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      *   (3) a->exp - b->exp <= prec + b->digits - a->digits | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (a->exp != b->exp) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         shift = a->exp - b->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (shift > 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             /* by (3), after the shift a->digits <= prec + b->digits */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (!mpd_qshiftl(&aligned, a, shift, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             a = &aligned; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else  { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             shift = -shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             /* by (2), after the shift b->digits <= a->digits */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (!mpd_qshiftl(&aligned, b, shift, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             b = &aligned; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     qsize = a->len - b->len + 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!(q == a && qsize < a->len) && !(q == b && qsize < b->len)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qresize(q, qsize, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     rsize = b->len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!(r == a && rsize < a->len)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qresize(r, rsize, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (b->len == 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (a->len == 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_div_word(&q->data[0], &r->data[0], a->data[0], b->data[0]); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             r->data[0] = _mpd_shortdiv(q->data, a->data, a->len, b->data[0]); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (a->len < 2*MPD_NEWTONDIV_CUTOFF && | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              b->len < MPD_NEWTONDIV_CUTOFF) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         int ret; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         ret = _mpd_basedivmod(q->data, r->data, a->data, b->data, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                               a->len, b->len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (ret == -1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Malloc_error; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qbarrett_divmod(q, r, a, b, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isspecial(q) || mpd_isspecial(r)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(q) || q->digits > ctx->prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Division_impossible; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         qsize = q->len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rsize = r->len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     qsize = _mpd_real_size(q->data, qsize); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* resize to smaller cannot fail */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qresize(q, qsize, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     q->len = qsize; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(q); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_flags(q, sign_ab); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     q->exp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (q->digits > ctx->prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Division_impossible; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     rsize = _mpd_real_size(r->data, rsize); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* resize to smaller cannot fail */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qresize(r, rsize, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     r->len = rsize; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(r); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_flags(r, sign_a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     r->exp = ideal_exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | out: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&aligned); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | nanresult: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setspecial(q, MPD_POS, MPD_NAN); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setspecial(r, MPD_POS, MPD_NAN); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     goto out; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Integer division with remainder. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qdivmod(mpd_t *q, mpd_t *r, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint8_t sign = mpd_sign(a)^mpd_sign(b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nans(q, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qcopy(r, q, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (mpd_isinfinite(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_setspecial(q, MPD_POS, MPD_NAN); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_setspecial(q, sign, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(r, MPD_POS, MPD_NAN); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (!mpd_qcopy(r, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_seterror(q, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qfinalize(r, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _settriple(q, sign, 0, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* debug */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         abort(); /* GCOV_NOT_REACHED */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(q, MPD_POS, MPD_NAN); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(r, MPD_POS, MPD_NAN); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Division_undefined; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(q, sign, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(r, MPD_POS, MPD_NAN); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= (MPD_Division_by_zero|MPD_Invalid_operation); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qdivmod(q, r, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(q, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(r, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qdivint(mpd_t *q, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(r,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint8_t sign = mpd_sign(a)^mpd_sign(b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nans(q, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(a) && mpd_isinfinite(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(q, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(q, sign, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _settriple(q, sign, 0, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* debug */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         abort(); /* GCOV_NOT_REACHED */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(q, MPD_Division_undefined, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(q, sign, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Division_by_zero; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qdivmod(q, &r, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&r); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(q, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Divide decimal by mpd_ssize_t. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qdiv_ssize(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_ssize_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t maxcontext; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(bb,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&maxcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsset_ssize(&bb, b, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qdiv(result, a, &bb, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&bb); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Divide decimal by mpd_uint_t. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qdiv_uint(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_uint_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t maxcontext; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(bb,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&maxcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsset_uint(&bb, b, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qdiv(result, a, &bb, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&bb); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Divide decimal by int32_t. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qdiv_i32(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, int32_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qdiv_ssize(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Divide decimal by uint32_t. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qdiv_u32(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, uint32_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qdiv_uint(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef CONFIG_64
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Divide decimal by int64_t. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qdiv_i64(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, int64_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qdiv_ssize(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Divide decimal by uint64_t. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qdiv_u64(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, uint64_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qdiv_uint(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #if defined(_MSC_VER)
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   /* conversion from 'double' to 'mpd_ssize_t', possible loss of data */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #pragma warning(disable:4244)
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Get the number of iterations for the Horner scheme in _mpd_qexp(). | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline mpd_ssize_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_get_exp_iterations(const mpd_t *a, mpd_ssize_t prec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t dummy; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t msdigits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     double f; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* 9 is MPD_RDIGITS for 32 bit platforms */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_get_msdigits(&dummy, &msdigits, a, 9); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     f = ((double)msdigits + 1) / mpd_pow10[mpd_word_digits(msdigits)]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef CONFIG_64
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #ifdef USE_80BIT_LONG_DOUBLE
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return ceill((1.435*(long double)prec - 1.182) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                  / log10l((long double)prec/f)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* prec > floor((1ULL<<53) / 1.435) */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (prec > 6276793905742851LL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return MPD_SSIZE_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return ceil((1.435*(double)prec - 1.182) / log10((double)prec/f)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else /* CONFIG_32 */
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return ceil((1.435*(double)prec - 1.182) / log10((double)prec/f)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     #if defined(_MSC_VER)
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |       #pragma warning(default:4244)
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Internal function, specials have been dealt with. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * The algorithm is from Hull&Abrham, Variable Precision Exponential Function, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, Vol. 12, No. 2, June 1986. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Main differences: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *  - The number of iterations for the Horner scheme is calculated using the | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *    C log10() function. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *  - The analysis for early abortion has been adapted for the mpd_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *    ranges. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qexp(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |           uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t workctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(tmp,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(sum,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_CONST(word,0,0,0,1,1,1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t j, n, t; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(!mpd_isspecial(a)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * We are calculating e^x = e^(r*10^t) = (e^r)^(10^t), where r < 1 and t >= 0. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * If t > 0, we have: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      *   (1) 0.1 <= r < 1, so e^r >= e^0.1. Overflow in the final power operation | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      *       will occur when (e^0.1)^(10^t) > 10^(emax+1). If we consider MAX_EMAX, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      *       this will happen for t > 10 (32 bit) or (t > 19) (64 bit). | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      *   (2) -1 < r <= -0.1, so e^r > e^-1. Underflow in the final power operation | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      *       will occur when (e^-1)^(10^t) < 10^(etiny-1). If we consider MIN_ETINY, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      *       this will also happen for t > 10 (32 bit) or (t > 19) (64 bit). | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #if defined(CONFIG_64)
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     #define MPD_EXP_MAX_T 19
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #elif defined(CONFIG_32)
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     #define MPD_EXP_MAX_T 10
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     t = a->digits + a->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     t = (t > 0) ? t : 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (t > MPD_EXP_MAX_T) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_ispositive(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(result, MPD_POS, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Overflow|MPD_Inexact|MPD_Rounded; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _settriple(result, MPD_POS, 0, mpd_etiny(ctx)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= (MPD_Inexact|MPD_Rounded|MPD_Subnormal| | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                         MPD_Underflow|MPD_Clamped); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&workctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.prec = ctx->prec + t + 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.prec = (workctx.prec < 9) ? 9 : workctx.prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.round = MPD_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((n = _mpd_get_exp_iterations(a, workctx.prec)) == MPD_SSIZE_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto finish; /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qcopy(result, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp -= t; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _settriple(&sum, MPD_POS, 1, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (j = n-1; j >= 1; j--) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         word.data[0] = j; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setdigits(&word); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qdiv(&tmp, result, &word, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qmul(&sum, &sum, &tmp, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qadd(&sum, &sum, &one, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef CONFIG_64
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qpow_uint(result, &sum, mpd_pow10[t], MPD_POS, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (t <= MPD_MAX_POW10) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qpow_uint(result, &sum, mpd_pow10[t], MPD_POS, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         t -= MPD_MAX_POW10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qpow_uint(&tmp, &sum, mpd_pow10[MPD_MAX_POW10], MPD_POS, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                        &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qpow_uint(result, &tmp, mpd_pow10[t], MPD_POS, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | finish: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&tmp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&sum); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *status |= (workctx.status&MPD_Errors); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *status |= (MPD_Inexact|MPD_Rounded); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* exp(a) */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qexp(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t workctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nan(result, a, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isnegative(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _settriple(result, MPD_POS, 0, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(result, MPD_POS, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(result, MPD_POS, 1, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx = *ctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.round = MPD_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (ctx->allcr) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         MPD_NEW_STATIC(t1, 0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         MPD_NEW_STATIC(t2, 0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         MPD_NEW_STATIC(ulp, 0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         MPD_NEW_STATIC(aa, 0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_ssize_t prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (result == a) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (!mpd_qcopy(&aa, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             a = &aa; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         workctx.clamp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         prec = ctx->prec + 3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         while (1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             workctx.prec = prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_qexp(result, a, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _ssettriple(&ulp, MPD_POS, 1, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                         result->exp + result->digits-workctx.prec-1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             workctx.prec = ctx->prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qadd(&t1, result, &ulp, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qsub(&t2, result, &ulp, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (mpd_isspecial(result) || mpd_iszerocoeff(result) || | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_qcmp(&t1, &t2, status) == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 workctx.clamp = ctx->clamp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_check_underflow(result, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_qfinalize(result, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 break; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             prec += MPD_RDIGITS; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_del(&t1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_del(&t2); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_del(&ulp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_del(&aa); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qexp(result, a, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_check_underflow(result, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qfinalize(result, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Fused multiply-add: (a * b) + c, with a single final rounding. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qfma(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, const mpd_t *c, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint32_t workstatus = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t *cc = (mpd_t *)c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (result == c) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if ((cc = mpd_qncopy(c)) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qmul(result, a, b, ctx, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!(workstatus&MPD_Invalid_operation)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qadd(result, result, cc, ctx, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (cc != c) mpd_del(cc); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *status |= workstatus; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | ln_schedule_prec(mpd_ssize_t klist[MPD_MAX_PREC_LOG2], mpd_ssize_t maxprec, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                  mpd_ssize_t initprec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t k; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int i; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(maxprec >= 2 && initprec >= 2); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (maxprec <= initprec) return -1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     i = 0; k = maxprec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     do { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         k = (k+2) / 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         klist[i++] = k; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } while (k > initprec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return i-1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef CONFIG_64
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #if MPD_RDIGITS != 19
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #error "mpdecimal.c: MPD_RDIGITS must be 19."
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static const mpd_uint_t mpd_ln10_data[MPD_MINALLOC_MAX] = { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   6983716328982174407ULL, 9089704281976336583ULL, 1515961135648465461ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   4416816335727555703ULL, 2900988039194170265ULL, 2307925037472986509ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |    107598438319191292ULL, 3466624107184669231ULL, 4450099781311469159ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   9807828059751193854ULL, 7713456862091670584ULL, 1492198849978748873ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   6528728696511086257ULL, 2385392051446341972ULL, 8692180205189339507ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   6518769751037497088ULL, 2375253577097505395ULL, 9095610299291824318ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |    982748238504564801ULL, 5438635917781170543ULL, 7547331541421808427ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |    752371033310119785ULL, 3171643095059950878ULL, 9785265383207606726ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   2932258279850258550ULL, 5497347726624257094ULL, 2976979522110718264ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   9221477656763693866ULL, 1979650047149510504ULL, 6674183485704422507ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   9702766860595249671ULL, 9278096762712757753ULL, 9314848524948644871ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   6826928280848118428ULL,  754403708474699401ULL,  230105703089634572ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1929203337658714166ULL, 7589402567763113569ULL, 4208241314695689016ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   2922455440575892572ULL, 9356734206705811364ULL, 2684916746550586856ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |    644507064800027750ULL, 9476834636167921018ULL, 5659121373450747856ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   2835522011480466371ULL, 6470806855677432162ULL, 7141748003688084012ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   9619404400222105101ULL, 5504893431493939147ULL, 6674744042432743651ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   2287698219886746543ULL, 7773262884616336622ULL, 1985283935053089653ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   4680843799894826233ULL, 8168948290720832555ULL, 8067566662873690987ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   6248633409525465082ULL, 9829834196778404228ULL, 3524802359972050895ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   3327900967572609677ULL,  110148862877297603ULL,  179914546843642076ULL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   2302585092994045684ULL | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | }; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #if MPD_RDIGITS != 9
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #error "mpdecimal.c: MPD_RDIGITS must be 9."
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static const mpd_uint_t mpd_ln10_data[MPD_MINALLOC_MAX] = { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   401682692UL, 708474699UL, 720754403UL,  30896345UL, 602301057UL, 765871416UL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   192920333UL, 763113569UL, 589402567UL, 956890167UL,  82413146UL, 589257242UL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   245544057UL, 811364292UL, 734206705UL, 868569356UL, 167465505UL, 775026849UL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   706480002UL,  18064450UL, 636167921UL, 569476834UL, 734507478UL, 156591213UL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   148046637UL, 283552201UL, 677432162UL, 470806855UL, 880840126UL, 417480036UL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   210510171UL, 940440022UL, 939147961UL, 893431493UL, 436515504UL, 440424327UL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   654366747UL, 821988674UL, 622228769UL, 884616336UL, 537773262UL, 350530896UL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   319852839UL, 989482623UL, 468084379UL, 720832555UL, 168948290UL, 736909878UL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   675666628UL, 546508280UL, 863340952UL, 404228624UL, 834196778UL, 508959829UL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |    23599720UL, 967735248UL,  96757260UL, 603332790UL, 862877297UL, 760110148UL, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   468436420UL, 401799145UL, 299404568UL, 230258509UL | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | }; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* _mpd_ln10 is used directly for precisions smaller than MINALLOC_MAX*RDIGITS.
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |    Otherwise, it serves as the initial approximation for calculating ln(10). */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static const mpd_t _mpd_ln10 = { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   MPD_STATIC|MPD_CONST_DATA, -(MPD_MINALLOC_MAX*MPD_RDIGITS-1), | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   MPD_MINALLOC_MAX*MPD_RDIGITS, MPD_MINALLOC_MAX, MPD_MINALLOC_MAX, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   (mpd_uint_t *)mpd_ln10_data | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | }; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Set 'result' to ln(10), with 'prec' digits, using ROUND_HALF_EVEN. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qln10(mpd_t *result, mpd_ssize_t prec, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t varcontext, maxcontext; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(tmp, 0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_CONST(static10, 0,0,2,1,1,10); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t klist[MPD_MAX_PREC_LOG2]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t rnd; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int i; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(prec >= 1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     shift = MPD_MINALLOC_MAX*MPD_RDIGITS-prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     shift = shift < 0 ? 0 : shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     rnd = mpd_qshiftr(result, &_mpd_ln10, shift, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (rnd == MPD_UINT_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = -(result->digits-1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&maxcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (prec < MPD_MINALLOC_MAX*MPD_RDIGITS) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         maxcontext.prec = prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_apply_round_excess(result, rnd, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= (MPD_Inexact|MPD_Rounded); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&varcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     varcontext.round = MPD_ROUND_TRUNC; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     i = ln_schedule_prec(klist, prec+2, result->digits); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (; i >= 0; i--) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         varcontext.prec = 2*klist[i]+3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->flags ^= MPD_NEG; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qexp(&tmp, result, &varcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->flags ^= MPD_NEG; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qmul(&tmp, &static10, &tmp, &varcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qsub(&tmp, &tmp, &one, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qadd(result, result, &tmp, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isspecial(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             break; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&tmp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     maxcontext.prec = prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Initial approximations for the ln() iteration */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static const uint16_t lnapprox[900] = { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   /* index 0 - 400: log((i+100)/100) * 1000 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   0, 10, 20, 30, 39, 49, 58, 68, 77, 86, 95, 104, 113, 122, 131, 140, 148, 157, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   166, 174, 182, 191, 199, 207, 215, 223, 231, 239, 247, 255, 262, 270, 278, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   285, 293, 300, 308, 315, 322, 329, 336, 344, 351, 358, 365, 372, 378, 385, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   392, 399, 406, 412, 419, 425, 432, 438, 445, 451, 457, 464, 470, 476, 482, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   489, 495, 501, 507, 513, 519, 525, 531, 536, 542, 548, 554, 560, 565, 571, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   577, 582, 588, 593, 599, 604, 610, 615, 621, 626, 631, 637, 642, 647, 652, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   658, 663, 668, 673, 678, 683, 688, 693, 698, 703, 708, 713, 718, 723, 728, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   732, 737, 742, 747, 751, 756, 761, 766, 770, 775, 779, 784, 788, 793, 798, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   802, 806, 811, 815, 820, 824, 829, 833, 837, 842, 846, 850, 854, 859, 863, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   867, 871, 876, 880, 884, 888, 892, 896, 900, 904, 908, 912, 916, 920, 924, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   928, 932, 936, 940, 944, 948, 952, 956, 959, 963, 967, 971, 975, 978, 982, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   986, 990, 993, 997, 1001, 1004, 1008, 1012, 1015, 1019, 1022, 1026, 1030, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1033, 1037, 1040, 1044, 1047, 1051, 1054, 1058, 1061, 1065, 1068, 1072, 1075, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1078, 1082, 1085, 1089, 1092, 1095, 1099, 1102, 1105, 1109, 1112, 1115, 1118, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1122, 1125, 1128, 1131, 1135, 1138, 1141, 1144, 1147, 1151, 1154, 1157, 1160, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1163, 1166, 1169, 1172, 1176, 1179, 1182, 1185, 1188, 1191, 1194, 1197, 1200, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1203, 1206, 1209, 1212, 1215, 1218, 1221, 1224, 1227, 1230, 1233, 1235, 1238, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1241, 1244, 1247, 1250, 1253, 1256, 1258, 1261, 1264, 1267, 1270, 1273, 1275, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1278, 1281, 1284, 1286, 1289, 1292, 1295, 1297, 1300, 1303, 1306, 1308, 1311, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1314, 1316, 1319, 1322, 1324, 1327, 1330, 1332, 1335, 1338, 1340, 1343, 1345, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1348, 1351, 1353, 1356, 1358, 1361, 1364, 1366, 1369, 1371, 1374, 1376, 1379, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1381, 1384, 1386, 1389, 1391, 1394, 1396, 1399, 1401, 1404, 1406, 1409, 1411, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1413, 1416, 1418, 1421, 1423, 1426, 1428, 1430, 1433, 1435, 1437, 1440, 1442, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1445, 1447, 1449, 1452, 1454, 1456, 1459, 1461, 1463, 1466, 1468, 1470, 1472, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1475, 1477, 1479, 1482, 1484, 1486, 1488, 1491, 1493, 1495, 1497, 1500, 1502, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1504, 1506, 1509, 1511, 1513, 1515, 1517, 1520, 1522, 1524, 1526, 1528, 1530, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1533, 1535, 1537, 1539, 1541, 1543, 1545, 1548, 1550, 1552, 1554, 1556, 1558, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1560, 1562, 1564, 1567, 1569, 1571, 1573, 1575, 1577, 1579, 1581, 1583, 1585, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   1587, 1589, 1591, 1593, 1595, 1597, 1599, 1601, 1603, 1605, 1607, 1609, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   /* index 401 - 899: -log((i+100)/1000) * 1000 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   691, 689, 687, 685, 683, 681, 679, 677, 675, 673, 671, 669, 668, 666, 664, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   662, 660, 658, 656, 654, 652, 650, 648, 646, 644, 642, 641, 639, 637, 635, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   633, 631, 629, 627, 626, 624, 622, 620, 618, 616, 614, 612, 611, 609, 607, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   605, 603, 602, 600, 598, 596, 594, 592, 591, 589, 587, 585, 583, 582, 580, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   578, 576, 574, 573, 571, 569, 567, 566, 564, 562, 560, 559, 557, 555, 553, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   552, 550, 548, 546, 545, 543, 541, 540, 538, 536, 534, 533, 531, 529, 528, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   526, 524, 523, 521, 519, 518, 516, 514, 512, 511, 509, 508, 506, 504, 502, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   501, 499, 498, 496, 494, 493, 491, 489, 488, 486, 484, 483, 481, 480, 478, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   476, 475, 473, 472, 470, 468, 467, 465, 464, 462, 460, 459, 457, 456, 454, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   453, 451, 449, 448, 446, 445, 443, 442, 440, 438, 437, 435, 434, 432, 431, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   429, 428, 426, 425, 423, 422, 420, 419, 417, 416, 414, 412, 411, 410, 408, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   406, 405, 404, 402, 400, 399, 398, 396, 394, 393, 392, 390, 389, 387, 386, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   384, 383, 381, 380, 378, 377, 375, 374, 372, 371, 370, 368, 367, 365, 364, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   362, 361, 360, 358, 357, 355, 354, 352, 351, 350, 348, 347, 345, 344, 342, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   341, 340, 338, 337, 336, 334, 333, 331, 330, 328, 327, 326, 324, 323, 322, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   320, 319, 318, 316, 315, 313, 312, 311, 309, 308, 306, 305, 304, 302, 301, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   300, 298, 297, 296, 294, 293, 292, 290, 289, 288, 286, 285, 284, 282, 281, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   280, 278, 277, 276, 274, 273, 272, 270, 269, 268, 267, 265, 264, 263, 261, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   260, 259, 258, 256, 255, 254, 252, 251, 250, 248, 247, 246, 245, 243, 242, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   241, 240, 238, 237, 236, 234, 233, 232, 231, 229, 228, 227, 226, 224, 223, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   222, 221, 219, 218, 217, 216, 214, 213, 212, 211, 210, 208, 207, 206, 205, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   203, 202, 201, 200, 198, 197, 196, 195, 194, 192, 191, 190, 189, 188, 186, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   185, 184, 183, 182, 180, 179, 178, 177, 176, 174, 173, 172, 171, 170, 168, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   167, 166, 165, 164, 162, 161, 160, 159, 158, 157, 156, 154, 153, 152, 151, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   150, 148, 147, 146, 145, 144, 143, 142, 140, 139, 138, 137, 136, 135, 134, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   132, 131, 130, 129, 128, 127, 126, 124, 123, 122, 121, 120, 119, 118, 116, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   115, 114, 113, 112, 111, 110, 109, 108, 106, 105, 104, 103, 102, 101, 100, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   99, 98, 97, 95, 94, 93, 92, 91, 90, 89, 88, 87, 86, 84, 83, 82, 81, 80, 79, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   78, 77, 76, 75, 74, 73, 72, 70, 69, 68, 67, 66, 65, 64, 63, 62, 61, 60, 59, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   58, 57, 56, 54, 53, 52, 51, 50, 49, 48, 47, 46, 45, 44, 43, 42, 41, 40, 39, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   38, 37, 36, 35, 34, 33, 31, 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | }; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Internal ln() function that does not check for specials, zero or one. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qln(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t varcontext, maxcontext; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t *z = (mpd_t *) result; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(v,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(vtmp,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(tmp,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t klist[MPD_MAX_PREC_LOG2]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t maxprec, shift, t; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t a_digits, a_exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t dummy, x; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int i; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(!mpd_isspecial(a) && !mpd_iszerocoeff(a)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * We are calculating ln(a) = ln(v * 10^t) = ln(v) + t*ln(10), | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * where 0.5 < v <= 5. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qcopy(&v, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* Initial approximation: we have at least one non-zero digit */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_get_msdigits(&dummy, &x, &v, 3); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (x < 10) x *= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (x < 100) x *= 10; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     x -= 100; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* a may equal z */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     a_digits = a->digits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     a_exp = a->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_minalloc(z); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_clear_flags(z); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     z->data[0] = lnapprox[x]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     z->len = 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     z->exp = -3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(z); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (x <= 400) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         v.exp = -(a_digits - 1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         t = a_exp + a_digits - 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         v.exp = -a_digits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         t = a_exp + a_digits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_set_negative(z); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&maxcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&varcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     varcontext.round = MPD_ROUND_TRUNC; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     maxprec = ctx->prec + 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (x <= 10 || x >= 805) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* v is close to 1: Estimate the magnitude of the logarithm.
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          * If v = 1 or ln(v) will underflow, skip the loop. Otherwise, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          * adjust the precision upwards in order to obtain a sufficient | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          * number of significant digits. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          *   1) x/(1+x) < ln(1+x) < x, for x > -1, x != 0 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          *   2) (v-1)/v < ln(v) < v-1 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_t *lower = &tmp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_t *upper = &vtmp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         int cmp = _mpd_cmp(&v, &one); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         varcontext.round = MPD_ROUND_CEILING; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         varcontext.prec = maxprec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qsub(upper, &v, &one, &varcontext, &varcontext.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         varcontext.round = MPD_ROUND_FLOOR; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qdiv(lower, upper, &v, &varcontext, &varcontext.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         varcontext.round = MPD_ROUND_TRUNC; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (cmp < 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_ptrswap(&upper, &lower); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_adjexp(upper) < mpd_etiny(ctx)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _settriple(z, (cmp<0), 1, mpd_etiny(ctx)-1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto postloop; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* XXX optimization: t == 0 && mpd_adjexp(lower) < 0 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_adjexp(lower) < 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             maxprec = maxprec - mpd_adjexp(lower); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     i = ln_schedule_prec(klist, maxprec, 2); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (; i >= 0; i--) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         varcontext.prec = 2*klist[i]+3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         z->flags ^= MPD_NEG; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qexp(&tmp, z, &varcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         z->flags ^= MPD_NEG; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (v.digits > varcontext.prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             shift = v.digits - varcontext.prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qshiftr(&vtmp, &v, shift, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             vtmp.exp += shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qmul(&tmp, &vtmp, &tmp, &varcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qmul(&tmp, &v, &tmp, &varcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qsub(&tmp, &tmp, &one, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qadd(z, z, &tmp, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isspecial(z)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             break; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | postloop: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qln10(&v, maxprec+2, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qmul_ssize(&tmp, &v, t, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     varcontext.prec = maxprec+2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qadd(result, &tmp, z, &varcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | finish: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&v); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&vtmp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&tmp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* ln(a) */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qln(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t workctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t adjexp, t; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nan(result, a, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isnegative(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setspecial(result, MPD_POS, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setspecial(result, MPD_NEG, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isnegative(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (_mpd_cmp(a, &one) == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(result, MPD_POS, 0, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* Check if the result will overflow.
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * 1) adjexp(a) + 1 > log10(a) >= adjexp(a) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * 2) |log10(a)| >= adjexp(a), if adjexp(a) >= 0 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      *    |log10(a)| > -adjexp(a)-1, if adjexp(a) < 0 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * 3) |log(a)| > 2*|log10(a)| | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     adjexp = mpd_adjexp(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     t = (adjexp < 0) ? -adjexp-1 : adjexp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     t *= 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_exp_digits(t)-1 > ctx->emax) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Overflow|MPD_Inexact|MPD_Rounded; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setspecial(result, (adjexp<0), MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx = *ctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.round = MPD_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (ctx->allcr) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         MPD_NEW_STATIC(t1, 0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         MPD_NEW_STATIC(t2, 0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         MPD_NEW_STATIC(ulp, 0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         MPD_NEW_STATIC(aa, 0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_ssize_t prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (result == a) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (!mpd_qcopy(&aa, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             a = &aa; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         workctx.clamp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         prec = ctx->prec + 3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         while (1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             workctx.prec = prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_qln(result, a, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _ssettriple(&ulp, MPD_POS, 1, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                         result->exp + result->digits-workctx.prec-1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             workctx.prec = ctx->prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qadd(&t1, result, &ulp, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qsub(&t2, result, &ulp, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (mpd_isspecial(result) || mpd_iszerocoeff(result) || | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_qcmp(&t1, &t2, status) == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 workctx.clamp = ctx->clamp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_check_underflow(result, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_qfinalize(result, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 break; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             prec += MPD_RDIGITS; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_del(&t1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_del(&t2); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_del(&ulp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_del(&aa); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qln(result, a, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_check_underflow(result, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qfinalize(result, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Internal log10() function that does not check for specials, zero, ... */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qlog10(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t workctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(ln10,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&workctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.prec = ctx->prec + 3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qln(result, a, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qln10(&ln10, workctx.prec, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx = *ctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.round = MPD_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qdiv(NO_IDEAL_EXP, result, result, &ln10, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&ln10); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* log10(a) */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qlog10(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |            uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t workctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t adjexp, t; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx = *ctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.round = MPD_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nan(result, a, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isnegative(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setspecial(result, MPD_POS, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setspecial(result, MPD_NEG, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isnegative(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_coeff_ispow10(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         uint8_t sign = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         adjexp = mpd_adjexp(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (adjexp < 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             sign = 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             adjexp = -adjexp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(result, sign, adjexp, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qfinalize(result, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* Check if the result will overflow.
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * 1) adjexp(a) + 1 > log10(a) >= adjexp(a) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * 2) |log10(a)| >= adjexp(a), if adjexp(a) >= 0 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      *    |log10(a)| > -adjexp(a)-1, if adjexp(a) < 0 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     adjexp = mpd_adjexp(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     t = (adjexp < 0) ? -adjexp-1 : adjexp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_exp_digits(t)-1 > ctx->emax) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Overflow|MPD_Inexact|MPD_Rounded; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setspecial(result, (adjexp<0), MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (ctx->allcr) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         MPD_NEW_STATIC(t1, 0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         MPD_NEW_STATIC(t2, 0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         MPD_NEW_STATIC(ulp, 0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         MPD_NEW_STATIC(aa, 0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_ssize_t prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (result == a) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (!mpd_qcopy(&aa, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             a = &aa; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         workctx.clamp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         prec = ctx->prec + 3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         while (1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             workctx.prec = prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_qlog10(result, a, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _ssettriple(&ulp, MPD_POS, 1, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                         result->exp + result->digits-workctx.prec-1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             workctx.prec = ctx->prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qadd(&t1, result, &ulp, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qsub(&t2, result, &ulp, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (mpd_isspecial(result) || mpd_iszerocoeff(result) || | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_qcmp(&t1, &t2, status) == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 workctx.clamp = ctx->clamp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_check_underflow(result, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_qfinalize(result, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 break; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             prec += MPD_RDIGITS; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_del(&t1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_del(&t2); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_del(&ulp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_del(&aa); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qlog10(result, a, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_check_underflow(result, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Maximum of the two operands. Attention: If one operand is a quiet NaN and the | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * other is numeric, the numeric operand is returned. This may not be what one | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * expects. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qmax(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isqnan(a) && !mpd_isnan(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, b, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (mpd_isqnan(b) && !mpd_isnan(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (mpd_qcheck_nans(result, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         c = _mpd_cmp(a, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (c == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             c = _mpd_cmp_numequal(a, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (c < 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qcopy(result, b, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Maximum magnitude: Same as mpd_max(), but compares the operands with their | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * sign ignored. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qmax_mag(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isqnan(a) && !mpd_isnan(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, b, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (mpd_isqnan(b) && !mpd_isnan(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (mpd_qcheck_nans(result, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         c = _mpd_cmp_abs(a, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (c == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             c = _mpd_cmp_numequal(a, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (c < 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qcopy(result, b, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Minimum of the two operands. Attention: If one operand is a quiet NaN and the | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * other is numeric, the numeric operand is returned. This may not be what one | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * expects. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qmin(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isqnan(a) && !mpd_isnan(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, b, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (mpd_isqnan(b) && !mpd_isnan(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (mpd_qcheck_nans(result, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         c = _mpd_cmp(a, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (c == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             c = _mpd_cmp_numequal(a, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (c < 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qcopy(result, b, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Minimum magnitude: Same as mpd_min(), but compares the operands with their | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * sign ignored. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qmin_mag(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isqnan(a) && !mpd_isnan(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, b, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (mpd_isqnan(b) && !mpd_isnan(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (mpd_qcheck_nans(result, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         c = _mpd_cmp_abs(a, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (c == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             c = _mpd_cmp_numequal(a, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (c < 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qcopy(result, b, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Minimum space needed for the result array in _karatsuba_rec(). */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline mpd_size_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _kmul_resultsize(mpd_size_t la, mpd_size_t lb) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_size_t n, m; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     n = add_size_t(la, lb); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     n = add_size_t(n, 1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     m = (la+1)/2 + 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     m = mul_size_t(m, 3); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return (m > n) ? m : n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Work space needed in _karatsuba_rec(). lim >= 4 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline mpd_size_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _kmul_worksize(mpd_size_t n, mpd_size_t lim) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_size_t m; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (n <= lim) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     m = (n+1)/2 + 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return add_size_t(mul_size_t(m, 2), _kmul_worksize(m, lim)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #define MPD_KARATSUBA_BASECASE 16  /* must be >= 4 */
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Add the product of a and b to c. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * c must be _kmul_resultsize(la, lb) in size. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * w is used as a work array and must be _kmul_worksize(a, lim) in size. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Roman E. Maeder, Storage Allocation for the Karatsuba Integer Multiplication | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Algorithm. In "Design and implementation of symbolic computation systems", | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Springer, 1993, ISBN 354057235X, 9783540572350. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _karatsuba_rec(mpd_uint_t *c, const mpd_uint_t *a, const mpd_uint_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                mpd_uint_t *w, mpd_size_t la, mpd_size_t lb) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_size_t m, lt; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(la >= lb && lb > 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(la <= MPD_KARATSUBA_BASECASE || w != NULL); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (la <= MPD_KARATSUBA_BASECASE) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_basemul(c, a, b, la, lb); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     m = (la+1)/2;  // ceil(la/2)
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* lb <= m < la */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (lb <= m) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* lb can now be larger than la-m */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (lb > la-m) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             lt = lb + lb + 1;       // space needed for result array
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_uint_zero(w, lt);   // clear result array
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _karatsuba_rec(w, b, a+m, w+lt, lb, la-m); // b*ah
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             lt = (la-m) + (la-m) + 1;  // space needed for result array
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_uint_zero(w, lt);      // clear result array
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _karatsuba_rec(w, a+m, b, w+lt, la-m, lb); // ah*b
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_baseaddto(c+m, w, (la-m)+lb);      // add ah*b*B**m
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         lt = m + m + 1;         // space needed for the result array
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_uint_zero(w, lt);   // clear result array
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _karatsuba_rec(w, a, b, w+lt, m, lb);  // al*b
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_baseaddto(c, w, m+lb);    // add al*b
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* la >= lb > m */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     memcpy(w, a, m * sizeof *w); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     w[m] = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_baseaddto(w, a+m, la-m); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     memcpy(w+(m+1), b, m * sizeof *w); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     w[m+1+m] = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_baseaddto(w+(m+1), b+m, lb-m); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _karatsuba_rec(c+m, w, w+(m+1), w+2*(m+1), m+1, m+1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     lt = (la-m) + (la-m) + 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_zero(w, lt); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _karatsuba_rec(w, a+m, b+m, w+lt, la-m, lb-m); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_baseaddto(c+2*m, w, (la-m) + (lb-m)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_basesubfrom(c+m, w, (la-m) + (lb-m)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     lt = m + m + 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_zero(w, lt); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _karatsuba_rec(w, a, b, w+lt, m, m); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_baseaddto(c, w, m+m); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_basesubfrom(c+m, w, m+m); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Multiply u and v, using Karatsuba multiplication. Returns a pointer | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * to the result or NULL in case of failure (malloc error). | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Conditions: ulen >= vlen, ulen >= 4 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_uint_t * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_kmul(const mpd_uint_t *u, const mpd_uint_t *v, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |           mpd_size_t ulen, mpd_size_t vlen, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |           mpd_size_t *rsize) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t *result = NULL, *w = NULL; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_size_t m; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(ulen >= 4); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(ulen >= vlen); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *rsize = _kmul_resultsize(ulen, vlen); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((result = mpd_calloc(*rsize, sizeof *result)) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return NULL; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     m = _kmul_worksize(ulen, MPD_KARATSUBA_BASECASE); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (m && ((w = mpd_calloc(m, sizeof *w)) == NULL)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_free(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return NULL; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _karatsuba_rec(result, u, v, w, ulen, vlen); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (w) mpd_free(w); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return result; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Determine the minimum length for the number theoretic transform. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline mpd_size_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_get_transform_len(mpd_size_t rsize) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_size_t log2rsize; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_size_t x, step; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(rsize >= 4); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     log2rsize = mpd_bsr(rsize); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (rsize <= 1024) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         x = ((mpd_size_t)1)<<log2rsize; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return (rsize == x) ? x : x<<1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (rsize <= MPD_MAXTRANSFORM_2N) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         x = ((mpd_size_t)1)<<log2rsize; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (rsize == x) return x; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         step = x>>1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         x += step; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return (rsize <= x) ? x : x + step; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (rsize <= MPD_MAXTRANSFORM_2N+MPD_MAXTRANSFORM_2N/2) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return MPD_MAXTRANSFORM_2N+MPD_MAXTRANSFORM_2N/2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (rsize <= 3*MPD_MAXTRANSFORM_2N) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 3*MPD_MAXTRANSFORM_2N; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return MPD_SIZE_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef PPRO
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifndef _MSC_VER
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline unsigned short | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_get_control87(void) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     unsigned short cw; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     __asm__ __volatile__ ("fnstcw %0" : "=m" (cw)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return cw; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_set_control87(unsigned short cw) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     __asm__ __volatile__ ("fldcw %0" : : "m" (cw)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | unsigned int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_set_fenv(void) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     unsigned int cw; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef _MSC_VER
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     unsigned int flags = | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _EM_INVALID|_EM_DENORMAL|_EM_ZERODIVIDE|_EM_OVERFLOW| | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _EM_UNDERFLOW|_EM_INEXACT|_RC_CHOP|_PC_64; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     unsigned int mask = _MCW_EM|_MCW_RC|_MCW_PC; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     unsigned int dummy; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     __control87_2(0, 0, &cw, NULL); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     __control87_2(flags, mask, &dummy, NULL); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     cw = _mpd_get_control87(); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_set_control87(cw|0xF3F); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return cw; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_restore_fenv(unsigned int cw) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef _MSC_VER
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     unsigned int mask = _MCW_EM|_MCW_RC|_MCW_PC; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     unsigned int dummy; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     __control87_2(cw, mask, &dummy, NULL); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_set_control87((unsigned short)cw); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif /* PPRO */
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Multiply u and v, using the fast number theoretic transform. Returns | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * a pointer to the result or NULL in case of failure (malloc error). | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_uint_t * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_fntmul(const mpd_uint_t *u, const mpd_uint_t *v, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_size_t ulen, mpd_size_t vlen, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_size_t *rsize) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t *c1 = NULL, *c2 = NULL, *c3 = NULL, *vtmp = NULL; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_size_t n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef PPRO
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     unsigned int cw; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     cw = mpd_set_fenv(); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *rsize = add_size_t(ulen, vlen); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((n = _mpd_get_transform_len(*rsize)) == MPD_SIZE_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto malloc_error; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((c1 = mpd_calloc(sizeof *c1, n)) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto malloc_error; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((c2 = mpd_calloc(sizeof *c2, n)) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto malloc_error; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((c3 = mpd_calloc(sizeof *c3, n)) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto malloc_error; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     memcpy(c1, u, ulen * (sizeof *c1)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     memcpy(c2, u, ulen * (sizeof *c2)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     memcpy(c3, u, ulen * (sizeof *c3)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (u == v) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!fnt_autoconvolute(c1, n, P1) || | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             !fnt_autoconvolute(c2, n, P2) || | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             !fnt_autoconvolute(c3, n, P3)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto malloc_error; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if ((vtmp = mpd_calloc(sizeof *vtmp, n)) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto malloc_error; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         memcpy(vtmp, v, vlen * (sizeof *vtmp)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!fnt_convolute(c1, vtmp, n, P1)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_free(vtmp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto malloc_error; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         memcpy(vtmp, v, vlen * (sizeof *vtmp)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_uint_zero(vtmp+vlen, n-vlen); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!fnt_convolute(c2, vtmp, n, P2)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_free(vtmp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto malloc_error; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         memcpy(vtmp, v, vlen * (sizeof *vtmp)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_uint_zero(vtmp+vlen, n-vlen); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!fnt_convolute(c3, vtmp, n, P3)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_free(vtmp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto malloc_error; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_free(vtmp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     crt3(c1, c2, c3, *rsize); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | out: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef PPRO
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_restore_fenv(cw); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (c2) mpd_free(c2); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (c3) mpd_free(c3); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return c1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | malloc_error: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (c1) mpd_free(c1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     c1 = NULL; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     goto out; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Karatsuba multiplication with FNT/basemul as the base case. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _karatsuba_rec_fnt(mpd_uint_t *c, const mpd_uint_t *a, const mpd_uint_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                    mpd_uint_t *w, mpd_size_t la, mpd_size_t lb) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_size_t m, lt; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(la >= lb && lb > 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(la <= 3*(MPD_MAXTRANSFORM_2N/2) || w != NULL); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (la <= 3*(MPD_MAXTRANSFORM_2N/2)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (lb <= 192) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_basemul(c, b, a, lb, la); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_uint_t *result; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_size_t dummy; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if ((result = _mpd_fntmul(a, b, la, lb, &dummy)) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             memcpy(c, result, (la+lb) * (sizeof *result)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_free(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     m = (la+1)/2;  // ceil(la/2)
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* lb <= m < la */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (lb <= m) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* lb can now be larger than la-m */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (lb > la-m) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             lt = lb + lb + 1;       // space needed for result array
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_uint_zero(w, lt);   // clear result array
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (!_karatsuba_rec_fnt(w, b, a+m, w+lt, lb, la-m)) { // b*ah
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return 0; /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             lt = (la-m) + (la-m) + 1;  // space needed for result array
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_uint_zero(w, lt);      // clear result array
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (!_karatsuba_rec_fnt(w, a+m, b, w+lt, la-m, lb)) { // ah*b
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return 0; /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_baseaddto(c+m, w, (la-m)+lb); // add ah*b*B**m
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         lt = m + m + 1;         // space needed for the result array
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_uint_zero(w, lt);   // clear result array
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!_karatsuba_rec_fnt(w, a, b, w+lt, m, lb)) {  // al*b
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return 0; /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_baseaddto(c, w, m+lb);       // add al*b
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* la >= lb > m */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     memcpy(w, a, m * sizeof *w); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     w[m] = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_baseaddto(w, a+m, la-m); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     memcpy(w+(m+1), b, m * sizeof *w); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     w[m+1+m] = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_baseaddto(w+(m+1), b+m, lb-m); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!_karatsuba_rec_fnt(c+m, w, w+(m+1), w+2*(m+1), m+1, m+1)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     lt = (la-m) + (la-m) + 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_zero(w, lt); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!_karatsuba_rec_fnt(w, a+m, b+m, w+lt, la-m, lb-m)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_baseaddto(c+2*m, w, (la-m) + (lb-m)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_basesubfrom(c+m, w, (la-m) + (lb-m)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     lt = m + m + 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_zero(w, lt); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!_karatsuba_rec_fnt(w, a, b, w+lt, m, m)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 0; /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_baseaddto(c, w, m+m); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_basesubfrom(c+m, w, m+m); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Multiply u and v, using Karatsuba multiplication with the FNT as the | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * base case. Returns a pointer to the result or NULL in case of failure | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * (malloc error). Conditions: ulen >= vlen, ulen >= 4. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_uint_t * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_kmul_fnt(const mpd_uint_t *u, const mpd_uint_t *v, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               mpd_size_t ulen, mpd_size_t vlen, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               mpd_size_t *rsize) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t *result = NULL, *w = NULL; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_size_t m; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(ulen >= 4); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(ulen >= vlen); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *rsize = _kmul_resultsize(ulen, vlen); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((result = mpd_calloc(*rsize, sizeof *result)) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return NULL; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     m = _kmul_worksize(ulen, 3*(MPD_MAXTRANSFORM_2N/2)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (m && ((w = mpd_calloc(m, sizeof *w)) == NULL)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_free(result); /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return NULL; /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!_karatsuba_rec_fnt(result, u, v, w, ulen, vlen)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_free(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result = NULL; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (w) mpd_free(w); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return result; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Deal with the special cases of multiplying infinities. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qmul_inf(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isinfinite(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_iszero(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(result, mpd_sign(a)^mpd_sign(b), MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(mpd_isinfinite(b)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszero(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setspecial(result, mpd_sign(a)^mpd_sign(b), MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Internal function: Multiply a and b. _mpd_qmul deals with specials but | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * does NOT finalize the result. This is for use in mpd_fma(). | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qmul(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |           const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t *big = (mpd_t *)a, *small = (mpd_t *)b; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t *rdata = NULL; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t rbuf[MPD_MINALLOC_MAX]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_size_t rsize, i; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nans(result, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qmul_inf(result, a, b, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (small->len > big->len) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_ptrswap(&big, &small); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     rsize = big->len + small->len; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (big->len == 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_singlemul(result->data, big->data[0], small->data[0]); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (rsize <= (mpd_size_t)MPD_MINALLOC_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (big->len == 2) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_mul_2_le2(rbuf, big->data, small->data, small->len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_uint_zero(rbuf, rsize); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (small->len == 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 _mpd_shortmul(rbuf, big->data, big->len, small->data[0]); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 _mpd_basemul(rbuf, small->data, big->data, small->len, big->len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qresize(result, rsize, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         for(i = 0; i < rsize; i++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             result->data[i] = rbuf[i]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (small->len == 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if ((rdata = mpd_calloc(rsize, sizeof *rdata)) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_shortmul(rdata, big->data, big->len, small->data[0]); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (rsize <= 1024) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rdata = _mpd_kmul(big->data, small->data, big->len, small->len, &rsize); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (rdata == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (rsize <= 3*MPD_MAXTRANSFORM_2N) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rdata = _mpd_fntmul(big->data, small->data, big->len, small->len, &rsize); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (rdata == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rdata = _mpd_kmul_fnt(big->data, small->data, big->len, small->len, &rsize); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (rdata == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isdynamic_data(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_free(result->data); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->data = rdata; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->alloc = rsize; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_dynamic_data(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | finish: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_flags(result, mpd_sign(a)^mpd_sign(b)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = big->exp + small->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->len = _mpd_real_size(result->data, rsize); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* resize to smaller cannot fail */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qresize(result, result->len, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Multiply a and b. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qmul(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qmul(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Multiply decimal and mpd_ssize_t. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qmul_ssize(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_ssize_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t maxcontext; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(bb,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&maxcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsset_ssize(&bb, b, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qmul(result, a, &bb, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&bb); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Multiply decimal and mpd_uint_t. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qmul_uint(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_uint_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t maxcontext; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(bb,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&maxcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsset_uint(&bb, b, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qmul(result, a, &bb, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&bb); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qmul_i32(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, int32_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qmul_ssize(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qmul_u32(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, uint32_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qmul_uint(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef CONFIG_64
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qmul_i64(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, int64_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qmul_ssize(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qmul_u64(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, uint64_t b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qmul_uint(result, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Like the minus operator. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qminus(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |            uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nan(result, a, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszero(a) && ctx->round != MPD_ROUND_FLOOR) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy_abs(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy_negate(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Like the plus operator. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qplus(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |           uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nan(result, a, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszero(a) && ctx->round != MPD_ROUND_FLOOR) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy_abs(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* The largest representable number that is smaller than the operand. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qnext_minus(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t workctx; /* function context */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_CONST(tiny,MPD_POS,mpd_etiny(ctx)-1,1,1,1,1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nan(result, a, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (mpd_isnegative(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_clear_flags(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_qmaxcoeff(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 if (mpd_isnan(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 result->exp = ctx->emax - ctx->prec + 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* debug */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         abort(); /* GCOV_NOT_REACHED */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_workcontext(&workctx, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.round = MPD_ROUND_FLOOR; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qcopy(result, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (workctx.status&(MPD_Inexact|MPD_Errors)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= (workctx.status&MPD_Errors); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.status = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsub(result, a, &tiny, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *status |= (workctx.status&MPD_Errors); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* The smallest representable number that is larger than the operand. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qnext_plus(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t workctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_CONST(tiny,MPD_POS,mpd_etiny(ctx)-1,1,1,1,1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nan(result, a, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (mpd_ispositive(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_clear_flags(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_qmaxcoeff(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 if (mpd_isnan(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_set_flags(result, MPD_NEG); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 result->exp = mpd_etop(ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_workcontext(&workctx, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.round = MPD_ROUND_CEILING; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qcopy(result, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (workctx.status & (MPD_Inexact|MPD_Errors)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= (workctx.status&MPD_Errors); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.status = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qadd(result, a, &tiny, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *status |= (workctx.status&MPD_Errors); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * The number closest to the first operand that is in the direction towards | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * the second operand. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qnext_toward(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                  const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int c; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isnan(a) || mpd_isnan(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nans(result, a, b, ctx, status)) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     c = _mpd_cmp(a, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (c == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy_sign(result, a, b, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (c < 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qnext_plus(result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qnext_minus(result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isinfinite(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= (MPD_Overflow|MPD_Rounded|MPD_Inexact); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (mpd_adjexp(result) < ctx->emin) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= (MPD_Underflow|MPD_Subnormal|MPD_Rounded|MPD_Inexact); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_iszero(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Clamped; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Internal function: Integer power with mpd_uint_t exponent, base is modified! | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Function can fail with MPD_Malloc_error. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qpow_uint(mpd_t *result, mpd_t *base, mpd_uint_t exp, uint8_t resultsign, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint32_t workstatus = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (exp == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(result, resultsign, 1, 0); /* GCOV_NOT_REACHED */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; /* GCOV_NOT_REACHED */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qcopy(result, base, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     n = mpd_bits[mpd_bsr(exp)]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     while (n >>= 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qmul(result, result, result, ctx, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (exp & n) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qmul(result, result, base, ctx, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (workstatus & (MPD_Overflow|MPD_Clamped)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             break; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *status |= workstatus; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_sign(result, resultsign); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Internal function: Integer power with mpd_t exponent, tbase and texp | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * are modified!! Function can fail with MPD_Malloc_error. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qpow_mpd(mpd_t *result, mpd_t *tbase, mpd_t *texp, uint8_t resultsign, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint32_t workstatus = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t maxctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_CONST(two,0,0,1,1,1,2); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&maxctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* resize to smaller cannot fail */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qcopy(result, &one, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     while (!mpd_iszero(texp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isodd(texp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qmul(result, result, tbase, ctx, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= workstatus; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (workstatus & (MPD_Overflow|MPD_Clamped)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 break; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qmul(tbase, tbase, tbase, ctx, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qdivint(texp, texp, &two, &maxctx, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isnan(tbase) || mpd_isnan(texp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, workstatus&MPD_Errors, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_sign(result, resultsign); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * The power function for integer exponents. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qpow_int(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *base, const mpd_t *exp, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               uint8_t resultsign, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t workctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(tbase,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(texp,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_workcontext(&workctx, ctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.prec += (exp->digits + exp->exp + 2); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.round = MPD_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.clamp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isnegative(exp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qdiv(&tbase, &one, base, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (*status&MPD_Errors) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(result, MPD_POS, MPD_NAN); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qcopy(&tbase, base, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(result, MPD_POS, MPD_NAN); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     n = mpd_qabs_uint(exp, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (workctx.status&MPD_Invalid_operation) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qcopy(&texp, exp, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(result, MPD_POS, MPD_NAN); /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto finish; /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qpow_mpd(result, &tbase, &texp, resultsign, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qpow_uint(result, &tbase, n, resultsign, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isinfinite(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* for ROUND_DOWN, ROUND_FLOOR, etc. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(result, resultsign, 1, MPD_EXP_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | finish: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&tbase); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&texp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * This is an internal function that does not check for NaNs. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _qcheck_pow_one_inf(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *base, uint8_t resultsign, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int cmp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((cmp = _mpd_cmp(base, &one)) == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         shift = ctx->prec-1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qshiftl(result, &one, shift, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->exp = -shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_set_flags(result, resultsign); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= (MPD_Inexact|MPD_Rounded); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return cmp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * If base equals one, calculate the correct power of one result. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Otherwise, result is undefined. Return the value of the comparison | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * against 1. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * This is an internal function that does not check for specials. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _qcheck_pow_one(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *base, const mpd_t *exp, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 uint8_t resultsign, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint32_t workstatus = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int cmp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((cmp = _mpd_cmp_abs(base, &one)) == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (_mpd_isint(exp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (mpd_isnegative(exp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 _settriple(result, resultsign, 1, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             /* 1.000**3 = 1.000000000 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qmul_ssize(result, exp, -base->exp, ctx, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (workstatus&MPD_Errors) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 *status |= (workstatus&MPD_Errors); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             /* digits-1 after exponentiation */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             shift = mpd_qget_ssize(result, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             /* shift is MPD_SSIZE_MAX if result is too large */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (shift > ctx->prec-1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 shift = ctx->prec-1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 *status |= MPD_Rounded; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else if (mpd_ispositive(base)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             shift = ctx->prec-1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= (MPD_Inexact|MPD_Rounded); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return -2; /* GCOV_NOT_REACHED */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qshiftl(result, &one, shift, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->exp = -shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_set_flags(result, resultsign); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return cmp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Detect certain over/underflow of x**y. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * ACL2 proof: pow_bounds.lisp. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   Symbols: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     e: EXP_INF or EXP_CLAMP | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     x: base | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     y: exponent | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     omega(e) = log10(abs(e)) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     zeta(x)  = log10(abs(log10(x))) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     theta(y) = log10(abs(y)) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   Upper and lower bounds: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     ub_omega(e) = ceil(log10(abs(e))) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     lb_theta(y) = floor(log10(abs(y))) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *                  | floor(log10(floor(abs(log10(x))))) if x < 1/10 or x >= 10 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     lb_zeta(x) = | floor(log10(abs(x-1)/10)) if 1/10 <= x < 1 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *                  | floor(log10(abs((x-1)/100))) if 1 < x < 10 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   ub_omega(e) and lb_theta(y) are obviously upper and lower bounds | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   for omega(e) and theta(y). | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   lb_zeta is a lower bound for zeta(x): | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     x < 1/10 or x >= 10: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *       abs(log10(x)) >= 1, so the outer log10 is well defined. Since log10 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *       is strictly increasing, the end result is a lower bound. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     1/10 <= x < 1: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *       We use: log10(x) <= (x-1)/log(10) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *               abs(log10(x)) >= abs(x-1)/log(10) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *               abs(log10(x)) >= abs(x-1)/10 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     1 < x < 10: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *       We use: (x-1)/(x*log(10)) < log10(x) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *               abs((x-1)/100) < abs(log10(x)) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *       XXX: abs((x-1)/10) would work, need ACL2 proof. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   Let (0 < x < 1 and y < 0) or (x > 1 and y > 0).                  (H1) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   Let ub_omega(exp_inf) < lb_zeta(x) + lb_theta(y)                 (H2) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   Then: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *       log10(abs(exp_inf)) < log10(abs(log10(x))) + log10(abs(y)).   (1) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *                   exp_inf < log10(x) * y                            (2) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *               10**exp_inf < x**y                                    (3) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   Let (0 < x < 1 and y > 0) or (x > 1 and y < 0).                  (H3) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   Let ub_omega(exp_clamp) < lb_zeta(x) + lb_theta(y)               (H4) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   Then: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     log10(abs(exp_clamp)) < log10(abs(log10(x))) + log10(abs(y)).   (4) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *              log10(x) * y < exp_clamp                               (5) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *                      x**y < 10**exp_clamp                           (6) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static mpd_ssize_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _lower_bound_zeta(const mpd_t *x, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t maxctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(scratch,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t t, u; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     t = mpd_adjexp(x); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (t > 0) { | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-23 16:22:05 +01:00
										 |  |  |         /* x >= 10 -> floor(log10(floor(abs(log10(x))))) */ | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |         return mpd_exp_digits(t) - 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else if (t < -1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* x < 1/10 -> floor(log10(floor(abs(log10(x))))) */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return mpd_exp_digits(t+1) - 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_maxcontext(&maxctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qsub(&scratch, x, &one, &maxctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isspecial(&scratch)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_del(&scratch); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return MPD_SSIZE_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         u = mpd_adjexp(&scratch); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_del(&scratch); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* t == -1, 1/10 <= x < 1 -> floor(log10(abs(x-1)/10))
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          * t == 0,  1 < x < 10    -> floor(log10(abs(x-1)/100)) */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return (t == 0) ? u-2 : u-1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Detect cases of certain overflow/underflow in the power function. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Assumptions: x != 1, y != 0. The proof above is for positive x. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * If x is negative and y is an odd integer, x**y == -(abs(x)**y), | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * so the analysis does not change. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _qcheck_pow_bounds(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *x, const mpd_t *y, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                    uint8_t resultsign, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                    const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_SHARED(abs_x, x); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t ub_omega, lb_zeta, lb_theta; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint8_t sign; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_positive(&abs_x); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     lb_theta = mpd_adjexp(y); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     lb_zeta = _lower_bound_zeta(&abs_x, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (lb_zeta == MPD_SSIZE_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     sign = (mpd_adjexp(&abs_x) < 0) ^ mpd_sign(y); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (sign == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* (0 < |x| < 1 and y < 0) or (|x| > 1 and y > 0) */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         ub_omega = mpd_exp_digits(ctx->emax); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (ub_omega < lb_zeta + lb_theta) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _settriple(result, resultsign, 1, MPD_EXP_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-23 16:22:05 +01:00
										 |  |  |         /* (0 < |x| < 1 and y > 0) or (|x| > 1 and y < 0). */ | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |         ub_omega = mpd_exp_digits(mpd_etiny(ctx)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (ub_omega < lb_zeta + lb_theta) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _settriple(result, resultsign, 1, mpd_etiny(ctx)-1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * TODO: Implement algorithm for computing exact powers from decimal.py. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * In order to prevent infinite loops, this has to be called before | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * using Ziv's strategy for correct rounding. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qpow_exact(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *base, const mpd_t *exp, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* The power function for real exponents */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qpow_real(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *base, const mpd_t *exp, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t workctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(texp,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qcopy(&texp, exp, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&workctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.prec = (base->digits > ctx->prec) ? base->digits : ctx->prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.prec += (4 + MPD_EXPDIGITS); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.round = MPD_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.allcr = ctx->allcr; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qln(result, base, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qmul(result, result, &texp, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qexp(result, result, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&texp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *status |= (workctx.status&MPD_Errors); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *status |= (MPD_Inexact|MPD_Rounded); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* The power function: base**exp */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qpow(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *base, const mpd_t *exp, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint8_t resultsign = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int intexp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int cmp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(base) || mpd_isspecial(exp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nans(result, base, exp, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isinteger(exp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         intexp = 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         resultsign = mpd_isnegative(base) && mpd_isodd(exp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszero(base)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_iszero(exp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else if (mpd_isnegative(exp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(result, resultsign, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _settriple(result, resultsign, 0, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isnegative(base)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!intexp || mpd_isinfinite(exp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isinfinite(exp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* power of one */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         cmp = _qcheck_pow_one_inf(result, base, resultsign, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (cmp == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             cmp *= mpd_arith_sign(exp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (cmp < 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 _settriple(result, resultsign, 0, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_setspecial(result, resultsign, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isinfinite(base)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_iszero(exp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _settriple(result, resultsign, 1, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else if (mpd_isnegative(exp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _settriple(result, resultsign, 0, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_setspecial(result, resultsign, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszero(exp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(result, resultsign, 1, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (_qcheck_pow_one(result, base, exp, resultsign, ctx, status) == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (_qcheck_pow_bounds(result, base, exp, resultsign, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (intexp) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qpow_int(result, base, exp, resultsign, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qpow_real(result, base, exp, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_isspecial(result) && _mpd_cmp(result, &one) == 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_ssize_t shift = ctx->prec-1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qshiftl(result, &one, shift, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             result->exp = -shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             /* for ROUND_DOWN, ROUND_FLOOR, etc. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _settriple(result, MPD_POS, 1, MPD_EXP_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Internal function: Integer powmod with mpd_uint_t exponent, base is modified! | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Function can fail with MPD_Malloc_error. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qpowmod_uint(mpd_t *result, mpd_t *base, mpd_uint_t exp, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                   mpd_t *mod, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t maxcontext; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&maxcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* resize to smaller cannot fail */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qcopy(result, &one, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     while (exp > 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (exp & 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qmul(result, result, base, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qrem(result, result, mod, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qmul(base, base, base, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qrem(base, base, mod, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         exp >>= 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* The powmod function: (base**exp) % mod */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qpowmod(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *base, const mpd_t *exp, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             const mpd_t *mod, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t maxcontext; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(tbase,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(texp,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(tmod,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(tmp,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_CONST(two,0,0,1,1,1,2); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t tbase_exp, texp_exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t i; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t t; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t r; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint8_t sign; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(base) || mpd_isspecial(exp) || mpd_isspecial(mod)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_3nans(result, base, exp, mod, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!_mpd_isint(base) || !_mpd_isint(exp) || !_mpd_isint(mod)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(mod)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mod->digits+mod->exp > ctx->prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     sign = (mpd_isnegative(base)) && (mpd_isodd(exp)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(exp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_iszerocoeff(base)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         r = (_mpd_cmp_abs(mod, &one)==0) ? 0 : 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(result, sign, r, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isnegative(exp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(base)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(result, sign, 0, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qcopy(&tmod, mod, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto mpd_errors; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_positive(&tmod); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&maxcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qround_to_int(&tbase, base, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qround_to_int(&texp, exp, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qround_to_int(&tmod, &tmod, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     tbase_exp = tbase.exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     tbase.exp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     texp_exp = texp.exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     texp.exp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* base = (base.int % modulo * pow(10, base.exp, modulo)) % modulo */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qrem(&tbase, &tbase, &tmod, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _settriple(result, MPD_POS, 1, tbase_exp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qrem(result, result, &tmod, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qmul(&tbase, &tbase, result, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qrem(&tbase, &tbase, &tmod, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(&tbase) || | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_isspecial(&texp) || | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_isspecial(&tmod)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto mpd_errors; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (i = 0; i < texp_exp; i++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qpowmod_uint(&tmp, &tbase, 10, &tmod, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         t = tmp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         tmp = tbase; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         tbase = t; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(&tbase)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto mpd_errors; /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* resize to smaller cannot fail */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qcopy(result, &one, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     while (mpd_isfinite(&texp) && !mpd_iszero(&texp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isodd(&texp)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qmul(result, result, &tbase, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qrem(result, result, &tmod, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qmul(&tbase, &tbase, &tbase, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qrem(&tbase, &tbase, &tmod, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qdivint(&texp, &texp, &two, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(&texp) || mpd_isspecial(&tbase) || | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 20:21:20 +01:00
										 |  |  |         mpd_isspecial(&tmod) || mpd_isspecial(result)) { | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |         /* MPD_Malloc_error */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto mpd_errors; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_set_sign(result, sign); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | out: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&tbase); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&texp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&tmod); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&tmp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_errors: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setspecial(result, MPD_POS, MPD_NAN); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     goto out; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qquantize(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint32_t workstatus = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t b_exp = b->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t expdiff, shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t rnd; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nans(result, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(a) && mpd_isinfinite(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (b->exp > ctx->emax || b->exp < mpd_etiny(ctx)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszero(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(result, mpd_sign(a), 0, b->exp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     expdiff = a->exp - b->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (a->digits + expdiff > ctx->prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (expdiff >= 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         shift = expdiff; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qshiftl(result, a, shift, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->exp = b_exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* At this point expdiff < 0 and a->digits+expdiff <= prec,
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          * so the shift before an increment will fit in prec. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         shift = -expdiff; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rnd = mpd_qshiftr(result, a, shift, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (rnd == MPD_UINT_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->exp = b_exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!_mpd_apply_round_fit(result, rnd, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         workstatus |= MPD_Rounded; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (rnd) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             workstatus |= MPD_Inexact; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_adjexp(result) > ctx->emax || | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_adjexp(result) < mpd_etiny(ctx)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *status |= workstatus; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qreduce(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t shift, maxexp, maxshift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint8_t sign_a = mpd_sign(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nan(result, a, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qcopy(result, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszero(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(result, sign_a, 0, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     shift = mpd_trail_zeros(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     maxexp = (ctx->clamp) ? mpd_etop(ctx) : ctx->emax; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* After the finalizing above result->exp <= maxexp. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     maxshift = maxexp - result->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     shift = (shift > maxshift) ? maxshift : shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qshiftr_inplace(result, shift); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp += shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qrem(mpd_t *r, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |          uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(q,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nans(r, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(r, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qcopy(r, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qfinalize(r, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* debug */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         abort(); /* GCOV_NOT_REACHED */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(r, MPD_Division_undefined, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(r, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qdivmod(&q, r, a, b, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&q); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(r, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qrem_near(mpd_t *r, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t workctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(btmp,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(q,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t expdiff, floordigits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int cmp, isodd, allnine; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nans(r, a, b, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(r, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isinfinite(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qcopy(r, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qfinalize(r, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* debug */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         abort(); /* GCOV_NOT_REACHED */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(r,  MPD_Division_undefined, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(r,  MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (r == b) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qcopy(&btmp, b, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(r, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         b = &btmp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx = *ctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.prec = a->digits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.prec = (workctx.prec > ctx->prec) ? workctx.prec : ctx->prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qdivmod(&q, r, a, b, &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isnan(&q) || mpd_isnan(r) || q.digits > ctx->prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(r, MPD_Division_impossible, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(r)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* Deal with cases like rmnx078:
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |      * remaindernear 999999999.5 1 -> NaN Division_impossible */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     expdiff = mpd_adjexp(b) - mpd_adjexp(r); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (-1 <= expdiff && expdiff <= 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qtrunc(&q, &q, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         allnine = mpd_coeff_isallnine(&q); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         floordigits = q.digits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         isodd = mpd_isodd(&q); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_maxcontext(&workctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_sign(a) == mpd_sign(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_qsub(&q, r, b, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (workctx.status&MPD_Errors) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_seterror(r, workctx.status&MPD_Errors, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_qadd(&q, r, b, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (workctx.status&MPD_Errors) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_seterror(r, workctx.status&MPD_Errors, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         cmp = mpd_cmp_total_mag(&q, r); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (cmp < 0 || (cmp == 0 && isodd)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (allnine && floordigits == ctx->prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 mpd_seterror(r, MPD_Division_impossible, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qcopy(r, &q, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status &= ~MPD_Rounded; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | finish: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&btmp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&q); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(r, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qrescale(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_ssize_t exp, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t expdiff, shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t rnd; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszero(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(result, mpd_sign(a), 0, exp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     expdiff = a->exp - exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (expdiff >= 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         shift = expdiff; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (a->digits + shift > MPD_MAX_PREC+1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qshiftl(result, a, shift, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->exp = exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         shift = -expdiff; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         rnd = mpd_qshiftr(result, a, shift, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (rnd == MPD_UINT_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->exp = exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_apply_round_excess(result, rnd, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Rounded; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (rnd) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Inexact; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_issubnormal(result, ctx)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Subnormal; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Rescale a number so that it has exponent 'exp'. Does not regard context | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * precision, emax, emin, but uses the rounding mode. Special numbers are | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * quietly copied. Restrictions: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     MPD_MIN_ETINY <= exp <= MPD_MAX_EMAX+1 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     result->digits <= MPD_MAX_PREC+1 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qrescale(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_ssize_t exp, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (exp > MPD_MAX_EMAX+1 || exp < MPD_MIN_ETINY) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qrescale(result, a, exp, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Same as mpd_qrescale, but with relaxed restrictions. The result of this | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * function should only be used for formatting a number and never as input | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * for other operations. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     MPD_MIN_ETINY-MPD_MAX_PREC <= exp <= MPD_MAX_EMAX+1 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     result->digits <= MPD_MAX_PREC+1 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qrescale_fmt(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_ssize_t exp, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                  const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (exp > MPD_MAX_EMAX+1 || exp < MPD_MIN_ETINY-MPD_MAX_PREC) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qrescale(result, a, exp, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Round to an integer according to 'action' and ctx->round. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | enum {TO_INT_EXACT, TO_INT_SILENT, TO_INT_TRUNC}; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qround_to_integral(int action, mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                         const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t rnd; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nan(result, a, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (a->exp >= 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qcopy(result, a, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszerocoeff(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(result, mpd_sign(a), 0, 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     rnd = mpd_qshiftr(result, a, -a->exp, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (rnd == MPD_UINT_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (action == TO_INT_EXACT || action == TO_INT_SILENT) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_apply_round_excess(result, rnd, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (action == TO_INT_EXACT) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Rounded; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (rnd) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 *status |= MPD_Inexact; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qround_to_intx(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                    uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     (void)_mpd_qround_to_integral(TO_INT_EXACT, result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qround_to_int(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                   uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     (void)_mpd_qround_to_integral(TO_INT_SILENT, result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qtrunc(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     (void)_mpd_qround_to_integral(TO_INT_TRUNC, result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qfloor(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |            uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t workctx = *ctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.round = MPD_ROUND_FLOOR; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     (void)_mpd_qround_to_integral(TO_INT_SILENT, result, a, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                                   &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qceil(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |           uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t workctx = *ctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.round = MPD_ROUND_CEILING; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     (void)_mpd_qround_to_integral(TO_INT_SILENT, result, a, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                                   &workctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_same_quantum(const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a) || mpd_isspecial(b)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return ((mpd_isnan(a) && mpd_isnan(b)) || | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-23 16:22:05 +01:00
										 |  |  |                 (mpd_isinfinite(a) && mpd_isinfinite(b))); | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return a->exp == b->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Schedule the increase in precision for the Newton iteration. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | recpr_schedule_prec(mpd_ssize_t klist[MPD_MAX_PREC_LOG2], | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     mpd_ssize_t maxprec, mpd_ssize_t initprec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t k; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int i; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(maxprec > 0 && initprec > 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (maxprec <= initprec) return -1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     i = 0; k = maxprec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     do { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         k = (k+1) / 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         klist[i++] = k; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } while (k > initprec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return i-1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Initial approximation for the reciprocal. Result has MPD_RDIGITS-2 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * significant digits. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qreciprocal_approx(mpd_t *z, const mpd_t *v, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t p10data[2] = {0, mpd_pow10[MPD_RDIGITS-2]}; /* 10**(2*MPD_RDIGITS-2) */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t dummy, word; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_get_msdigits(&dummy, &word, v, MPD_RDIGITS); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     n = mpd_word_digits(word); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     word *= mpd_pow10[MPD_RDIGITS-n]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qresize(z, 2, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     (void)_mpd_shortdiv(z->data, p10data, 2, word); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_clear_flags(z); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     z->exp = -(v->exp + v->digits) - (MPD_RDIGITS-2); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     z->len = (z->data[1] == 0) ? 1 : 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(z); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* Reciprocal, calculated with Newton's Method. Assumption: result != a. */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qreciprocal(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                  uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t varcontext, maxcontext; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t *z = result;         /* current approximation */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t *v;                  /* a, normalized to a number between 0.1 and 1 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_SHARED(vtmp, a);   /* by default v will share data with a */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(s,0,0,0,0); /* temporary variable */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(t,0,0,0,0); /* temporary variable */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_CONST(two,0,0,1,1,1,2); /* const 2 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t klist[MPD_MAX_PREC_LOG2]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t adj, maxprec, initprec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint8_t sign = mpd_sign(a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int i; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     v = &vtmp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(result != a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_clear_flags(v); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     adj = v->digits + v->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     v->exp = -v->digits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* initial approximation */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qreciprocal_approx(z, v, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&varcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&maxcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     varcontext.round = MPD_ROUND_TRUNC; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     maxcontext.round = MPD_ROUND_TRUNC; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     maxprec = (v->digits > ctx->prec) ? v->digits : ctx->prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     maxprec += 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     initprec = MPD_RDIGITS-3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     i = recpr_schedule_prec(klist, maxprec, initprec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (; i >= 0; i--) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qmul(&s, z, z, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         varcontext.prec = 2*klist[i] + 5; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (v->digits > varcontext.prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qshiftr(&t, v, v->digits-varcontext.prec, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             t.exp = -varcontext.prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qmul(&t, &t, &s, &varcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qmul(&t, v, &s, &varcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qmul(&s, z, &two, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qsub(z, &s, &t, &maxcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_isspecial(z)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         z->exp -= adj; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_set_flags(z, sign); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&s); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&t); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(z, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Integer division with remainder of the coefficients: coeff(a) / coeff(b). | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * This function is for large numbers where it is faster to divide by | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * multiplying the dividend by the reciprocal of the divisor. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * The inexact result is fixed by a small loop, which should not take | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * more than 2 iterations. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qbarrett_divmod(mpd_t *q, mpd_t *r, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_t *b, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                      uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t workctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t *qq = q, *rr = r; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t aa, bb; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int k; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&workctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_copy_shared(&aa, a); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_copy_shared(&bb, b); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_positive(&aa); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_positive(&bb); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     aa.exp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     bb.exp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (q == a || q == b) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if ((qq = mpd_qnew()) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Malloc_error; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (r == a || r == b) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if ((rr = mpd_qnew()) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Malloc_error; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* maximum length of q + 3 digits */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.prec = aa.digits - bb.digits + 1 + 3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* we get the reciprocal with precision maxlen(q) + 3 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qreciprocal(rr, &bb, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qmul(qq, &aa, rr, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qtrunc(qq, qq, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     workctx.prec = aa.digits + 3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* get the remainder */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qmul(rr, &bb, qq, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qsub(rr, &aa, rr, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* Fix the result. Algorithm from: Karl Hasselstrom, Fast Division of Large Integers */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (k = 0;; k++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isspecial(rr)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= (workctx.status&MPD_Errors); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (k > 2) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_err_warn("libmpdec: internal error in "          /* GCOV_NOT_REACHED */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                          "_mpd_qbarrett_divmod: please report"); /* GCOV_NOT_REACHED */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation;                    /* GCOV_NOT_REACHED */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto nanresult;                                      /* GCOV_NOT_REACHED */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else if (_mpd_cmp(&zero, rr) == 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qadd(rr, rr, &bb, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qadd(qq, qq, &minus_one, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else if (_mpd_cmp(rr, &bb) == -1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             break; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qsub(rr, rr, &bb, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qadd(qq, qq, &one, &workctx, &workctx.status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (qq != q) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qcopy(q, qq, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto nanresult; /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_del(qq); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (rr != r) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qcopy(r, rr, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto nanresult; /* GCOV_UNLIKELY */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_del(rr); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *status |= (workctx.status&MPD_Errors); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | nanresult: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (qq && qq != q) mpd_del(qq); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (rr && rr != r) mpd_del(rr); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setspecial(q, MPD_POS, MPD_NAN); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setspecial(r, MPD_POS, MPD_NAN); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline int | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | invroot_schedule_prec(mpd_ssize_t klist[MPD_MAX_PREC_LOG2], | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                       mpd_ssize_t maxprec, mpd_ssize_t initprec) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t k; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int i; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(maxprec >= 3 && initprec >= 3); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (maxprec <= initprec) return -1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     i = 0; k = maxprec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     do { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         k = (k+3) / 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         klist[i++] = k; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } while (k > initprec); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return i-1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Initial approximation for the inverse square root. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   Input: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     v := 7 or 8 decimal digits with an implicit exponent of 10**-6, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *          representing a number 1 <= x < 100. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   Output: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *     An approximation to 1/sqrt(v) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _invroot_init_approx(mpd_t *z, mpd_uint_t v) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t lo = 1000; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t hi = 10000; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t a, sq; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(v >= lo*lo && v < (hi+1)*(hi+1)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for(;;) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         a = (lo + hi) / 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         sq = a * a; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (v >= sq) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             if (v < sq + 2*a + 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 break; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             lo = a + 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             hi = a - 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* At this point a/1000 is an approximation to sqrt(v). */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_minalloc(z); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_clear_flags(z); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     z->data[0] = 1000000000UL / a; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     z->len = 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     z->exp = -6; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(z); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_qinvroot(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint32_t workstatus = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t varcontext, maxcontext; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t *z = result;         /* current approximation */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t *v;                  /* a, normalized to a number between 1 and 100 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_SHARED(vtmp, a);   /* by default v will share data with a */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(s,0,0,0,0); /* temporary variable */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(t,0,0,0,0); /* temporary variable */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_CONST(one_half,0,-1,1,1,1,5); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_CONST(three,0,0,1,1,1,3); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t klist[MPD_MAX_PREC_LOG2]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t ideal_exp, shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t adj, tz; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t maxprec, fracdigits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t x, dummy; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int i, n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     ideal_exp = -(a->exp - (a->exp & 1)) / 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     v = &vtmp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (result == a) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if ((v = mpd_qncopy(a)) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* normalize a to 1 <= v < 100 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((v->digits+v->exp) & 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         fracdigits = v->digits - 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         v->exp = -fracdigits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         n = (v->digits > 7) ? 7 : (int)v->digits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_get_msdigits(&dummy, &x, v, n); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (n < 7) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             x *= mpd_pow10[7-n]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         fracdigits = v->digits - 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         v->exp = -fracdigits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         n = (v->digits > 8) ? 8 : (int)v->digits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_get_msdigits(&dummy, &x, v, n); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (n < 8) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             x *= mpd_pow10[8-n]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     adj = (a->exp-v->exp) / 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* initial approximation */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _invroot_init_approx(z, x); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&maxcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&varcontext); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     varcontext.round = MPD_ROUND_TRUNC; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     maxprec = ctx->prec + 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     i = invroot_schedule_prec(klist, maxprec, 3); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (; i >= 0; i--) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         varcontext.prec = 2*klist[i]+2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qmul(&s, z, z, &maxcontext, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (v->digits > varcontext.prec) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             shift = v->digits - varcontext.prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qshiftr(&t, v, shift, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             t.exp += shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qmul(&t, &t, &s, &varcontext, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qmul(&t, v, &s, &varcontext, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qsub(&t, &three, &t, &maxcontext, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qmul(z, z, &t, &varcontext, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qmul(z, z, &one_half, &maxcontext, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     z->exp -= adj; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     tz = mpd_trail_zeros(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     shift = ideal_exp - result->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     shift = (tz > shift) ? shift : tz; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (shift > 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qshiftr_inplace(result, shift); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         result->exp += shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&s); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&t); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (v != &vtmp) mpd_del(v); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *status |= (workstatus&MPD_Errors); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     varcontext = *ctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     varcontext.round = MPD_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, &varcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qinvroot(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nan(result, a, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isnegative(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* positive infinity */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(result, MPD_POS, 0, mpd_etiny(ctx)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Clamped; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszero(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setspecial(result, mpd_sign(a), MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Division_by_zero; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isnegative(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qinvroot(result, a, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Ensure correct rounding. Algorithm after Hull & Abrham, "Properly Rounded | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Variable Precision Square Root", ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Vol. 11, No. 3. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_fix_sqrt(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, mpd_t *tmp, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |               const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t maxctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_CONST(u,0,0,1,1,1,5); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_maxcontext(&maxctx); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     u.exp = u.digits - ctx->prec + result->exp - 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qsub(tmp, result, &u, &maxctx, status); | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-23 16:22:05 +01:00
										 |  |  |     if (*status&MPD_Errors) goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qmul(tmp, tmp, tmp, &maxctx, status); | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-23 16:22:05 +01:00
										 |  |  |     if (*status&MPD_Errors) goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (_mpd_cmp(tmp, a) == 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         u.exp += 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         u.data[0] = 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qsub(result, result, &u, &maxctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qadd(tmp, result, &u, &maxctx, status); | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-23 16:22:05 +01:00
										 |  |  |         if (*status&MPD_Errors) goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qmul(tmp, tmp, tmp, &maxctx, status); | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-23 16:22:05 +01:00
										 |  |  |         if (*status&MPD_Errors) goto nanresult; | 
					
						
							| 
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-21 18:25:23 +01:00
										 |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (_mpd_cmp(tmp, a) == -1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             u.exp += 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             u.data[0] = 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             _mpd_qadd(result, result, &u, &maxctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | nanresult: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setspecial(result, MPD_POS, MPD_NAN); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qsqrt(mpd_t *result, const mpd_t *a, const mpd_context_t *ctx, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |           uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     uint32_t workstatus = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_context_t varcontext; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t *z = result;         /* current approximation */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(v,0,0,0,0); /* a, normalized to a number between 1 and 10 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(vtmp,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     MPD_NEW_STATIC(tmp,0,0,0,0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t ideal_exp, shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t target_prec, fracdigits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t a_exp, a_digits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t adj, tz; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t dummy, t; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     int exact = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     varcontext = *ctx; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     varcontext.round = MPD_ROUND_HALF_EVEN; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     ideal_exp = (a->exp - (a->exp & 1)) / 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qcheck_nan(result, a, ctx, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isnegative(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_setspecial(result, MPD_POS, MPD_INF); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszero(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _settriple(result, mpd_sign(a), 0, ideal_exp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isnegative(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qcopy(&v, a, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     a_exp = a->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     a_digits = a->digits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* normalize a to 1 <= v < 100 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((v.digits+v.exp) & 1) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         fracdigits = v.digits - 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         v.exp = -fracdigits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_get_msdigits(&dummy, &t, &v, 3); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         t = t < 100 ? t*10 : t; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         t = t < 100 ? t*10 : t; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         fracdigits = v.digits - 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         v.exp = -fracdigits; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_get_msdigits(&dummy, &t, &v, 4); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         t = t < 1000 ? t*10 : t; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         t = t < 1000 ? t*10 : t; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         t = t < 1000 ? t*10 : t; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     adj = (a_exp-v.exp) / 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* use excess digits */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     target_prec = (a_digits > ctx->prec) ? a_digits : ctx->prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     target_prec += 2; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     varcontext.prec = target_prec + 3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* invroot is much faster for large numbers */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qinvroot(&tmp, &v, &varcontext, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     varcontext.prec = target_prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _mpd_qdiv(NO_IDEAL_EXP, z, &one, &tmp, &varcontext, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     tz = mpd_trail_zeros(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((result->digits-tz)*2-1 <= v.digits) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_qmul(&tmp, result, result, &varcontext, &workstatus); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (workstatus&MPD_Errors) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_seterror(result, workstatus&MPD_Errors, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         exact = (_mpd_cmp(&tmp, &v) == 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     *status |= (workstatus&MPD_Errors); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!exact && !mpd_isspecial(result) && !mpd_iszero(result)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_fix_sqrt(result, &v, &tmp, &varcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_isspecial(result)) goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= (MPD_Rounded|MPD_Inexact); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp += adj; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (exact) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         shift = ideal_exp - result->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         shift = (tz > shift) ? shift : tz; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (shift > 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_qshiftr_inplace(result, shift); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             result->exp += shift; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | finish: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&v); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&vtmp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(&tmp); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     varcontext.prec = ctx->prec; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, &varcontext, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*                              Base conversions                              */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /******************************************************************************/ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Returns the space needed to represent an integer mpd_t in base 'base'. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * The result is undefined for non-integers. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Max space needed: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   base^n >= 10^(digits+exp) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  *   n >= log10(10^(digits+exp))/log10(base) = (digits+exp) / log10(base) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | size_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_sizeinbase(mpd_t *a, uint32_t base) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     size_t x; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(mpd_isinteger(a)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszero(a)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     x = a->digits+a->exp; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef CONFIG_64
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #ifdef USE_80BIT_LONG_DOUBLE
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return (long double)x / log10(base) + 3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* x > floor(((1ULL<<53)-3) * log10(2)) */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (x > 2711437152599294ULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return SIZE_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return (double)x / log10(base) + 3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else /* CONFIG_32 */
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     double y =  x / log10(base) + 3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return (y > SIZE_MAX) ? SIZE_MAX : (size_t)y; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Returns the space needed to import a base 'base' integer of length 'srclen'. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline mpd_ssize_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _mpd_importsize(size_t srclen, uint32_t base) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #if SIZE_MAX == UINT64_MAX
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #ifdef USE_80BIT_LONG_DOUBLE
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     long double x = (long double)srclen * (log10(base)/MPD_RDIGITS) + 3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     double x; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (srclen > (1ULL<<53)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return MPD_SSIZE_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     x = (double)srclen * (log10(base)/MPD_RDIGITS) + 3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |   #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     double x = srclen * (log10(base)/MPD_RDIGITS) + 3; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return (x > MPD_MAXIMPORT) ? MPD_SSIZE_MAX : (mpd_ssize_t)x; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline size_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _to_base_u16(uint16_t *w, size_t wlen, mpd_uint_t wbase, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |              mpd_uint_t *u, mpd_ssize_t ulen) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     size_t n = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(wlen > 0 && ulen > 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     do { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         w[n++] = (uint16_t)_mpd_shortdiv(u, u, ulen, wbase); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* ulen will be at least 1. u[ulen-1] can only be zero if ulen == 1 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         ulen = _mpd_real_size(u, ulen); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } while (u[ulen-1] != 0 && n < wlen); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* proper termination condition */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(u[ulen-1] == 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _from_base_u16(mpd_uint_t *w, mpd_ssize_t wlen, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                const mpd_uint_t *u, size_t ulen, uint32_t ubase) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t m = 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t carry; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(wlen > 0 && ulen > 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     w[0] = u[--ulen]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     while (--ulen != SIZE_MAX && m < wlen) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_shortmul(w, w, m, ubase); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         m = _mpd_real_size(w, m+1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         carry = _mpd_shortadd(w, m, u[ulen]); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (carry) w[m++] = carry; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* proper termination condition */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(ulen == SIZE_MAX); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* target base wbase <= source base ubase */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline size_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _baseconv_to_smaller(uint32_t *w, size_t wlen, mpd_uint_t wbase, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                      mpd_uint_t *u, mpd_ssize_t ulen, mpd_uint_t ubase) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     size_t n = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(wlen > 0 && ulen > 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     do { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         w[n++] = (uint32_t)_mpd_shortdiv_b(u, u, ulen, wbase, ubase); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         /* ulen will be at least 1. u[ulen-1] can only be zero if ulen == 1 */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         ulen = _mpd_real_size(u, ulen); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } while (u[ulen-1] != 0 && n < wlen); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* proper termination condition */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(u[ulen-1] == 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /* target base wbase >= source base ubase */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | static inline void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | _baseconv_to_larger(mpd_uint_t *w, mpd_ssize_t wlen, mpd_uint_t wbase, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                     const mpd_uint_t *u, size_t ulen, mpd_uint_t ubase) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t m = 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t carry; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(wlen > 0 && ulen > 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     w[0] = u[--ulen]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     while (--ulen != SIZE_MAX && m < wlen) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _mpd_shortmul_b(w, w, m, ubase, wbase); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         m = _mpd_real_size(w, m+1); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         carry = _mpd_shortadd_b(w, m, u[ulen], wbase); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (carry) w[m++] = carry; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* proper termination condition */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(ulen == SIZE_MAX); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Converts an integer mpd_t to a multiprecision integer with | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * base <= UINT16_MAX+1. The least significant word of the result | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * is rdata[0]. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | size_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qexport_u16(uint16_t *rdata, size_t rlen, uint32_t rbase, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 const mpd_t *src, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t *tsrc; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     size_t n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(rbase <= (1U<<16)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(rlen <= SIZE_MAX/(sizeof *rdata)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(src) || !_mpd_isint(src)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return SIZE_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     memset(rdata, 0, rlen * (sizeof *rdata)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszero(src)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((tsrc = mpd_qnew()) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Malloc_error; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return SIZE_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (src->exp >= 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qshiftl(tsrc, src, src->exp, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_del(tsrc); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return SIZE_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qshiftr(tsrc, src, -src->exp, status) == MPD_UINT_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_del(tsrc); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return SIZE_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     n = _to_base_u16(rdata, rlen, rbase, tsrc->data, tsrc->len); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(tsrc); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Converts an integer mpd_t to a multiprecision integer with | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * base <= UINT32_MAX. The least significant word of the result | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * is rdata[0]. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | size_t | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qexport_u32(uint32_t *rdata, size_t rlen, uint32_t rbase, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 const mpd_t *src, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_t *tsrc; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     size_t n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_isspecial(src) || !_mpd_isint(src)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return SIZE_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #if MPD_SIZE_MAX < SIZE_MAX
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (rlen > MPD_SSIZE_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Invalid_operation; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return SIZE_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(rlen <= SIZE_MAX/(sizeof *rdata)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     memset(rdata, 0, rlen * (sizeof *rdata)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (mpd_iszero(src)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return 1; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((tsrc = mpd_qnew()) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         *status |= MPD_Malloc_error; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return SIZE_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (src->exp >= 0) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (!mpd_qshiftl(tsrc, src, src->exp, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_del(tsrc); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return SIZE_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         if (mpd_qshiftr(tsrc, src, -src->exp, status) == MPD_UINT_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             mpd_del(tsrc); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |             return SIZE_MAX; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef CONFIG_64
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     n = _baseconv_to_smaller(rdata, rlen, rbase, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                              tsrc->data, tsrc->len, MPD_RADIX); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (rbase <= MPD_RADIX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         n = _baseconv_to_smaller(rdata, rlen, rbase, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                                  tsrc->data, tsrc->len, MPD_RADIX); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _baseconv_to_larger(rdata, (mpd_ssize_t)rlen, rbase, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                             tsrc->data, tsrc->len, MPD_RADIX); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         n = _mpd_real_size(rdata, (mpd_ssize_t)rlen); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_del(tsrc); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     return n; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Converts a multiprecision integer with base <= UINT16_MAX+1 to an mpd_t. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * The least significant word of the source is srcdata[0]. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qimport_u16(mpd_t *result, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 const uint16_t *srcdata, size_t srclen, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 uint8_t srcsign, uint32_t srcbase, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t *usrc; /* uint16_t src copied to an mpd_uint_t array */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t rlen; /* length of the result */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     size_t n = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(srclen > 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(srcbase <= (1U<<16)); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((rlen = _mpd_importsize(srclen, srcbase)) == MPD_SSIZE_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (srclen > MPD_SIZE_MAX/(sizeof *usrc)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((usrc = mpd_alloc((mpd_size_t)srclen, sizeof *usrc)) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (n = 0; n < srclen; n++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         usrc[n] = srcdata[n]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* result->data is initialized to zero */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qresize_zero(result, rlen, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _from_base_u16(result->data, rlen, usrc, srclen, srcbase); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_flags(result, srcsign); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->len = _mpd_real_size(result->data, rlen); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qresize(result, result->len, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | finish: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_free(usrc); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | /*
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * Converts a multiprecision integer with base <= UINT32_MAX to an mpd_t. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  * The least significant word of the source is srcdata[0]. | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |  */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | void | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | mpd_qimport_u32(mpd_t *result, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 const uint32_t *srcdata, size_t srclen, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 uint8_t srcsign, uint32_t srcbase, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                 const mpd_context_t *ctx, uint32_t *status) | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_uint_t *usrc; /* uint32_t src copied to an mpd_uint_t array */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_ssize_t rlen; /* length of the result */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     size_t n = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     assert(srclen > 0); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((rlen = _mpd_importsize(srclen, srcbase)) == MPD_SSIZE_MAX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (srclen > MPD_SIZE_MAX/(sizeof *usrc)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Invalid_operation, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if ((usrc = mpd_alloc((mpd_size_t)srclen, sizeof *usrc)) == NULL) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         mpd_seterror(result, MPD_Malloc_error, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         return; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     for (n = 0; n < srclen; n++) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         usrc[n] = srcdata[n]; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     /* result->data is initialized to zero */ | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (!mpd_qresize_zero(result, rlen, status)) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         goto finish; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #ifdef CONFIG_64
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     _baseconv_to_larger(result->data, rlen, MPD_RADIX, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                         usrc, srclen, srcbase); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #else
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     if (srcbase <= MPD_RADIX) { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _baseconv_to_larger(result->data, rlen, MPD_RADIX, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                             usrc, srclen, srcbase); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     else { | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |         _baseconv_to_smaller(result->data, rlen, MPD_RADIX, | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |                              usrc, (mpd_ssize_t)srclen, srcbase); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | #endif
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_set_flags(result, srcsign); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->exp = 0; | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     result->len = _mpd_real_size(result->data, rlen); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_setdigits(result); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qresize(result, result->len, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_qfinalize(result, ctx, status); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | finish: | 
					
						
							|  |  |  |     mpd_free(usrc); | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | } | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 | 
					
						
							|  |  |  | 
 |